06 LV70 2008 en

LV70_2008_en.
FH10 Thu Nov 15 09:36:22 2007 Seite 3
© Siemens AG 2007
Catalog LV 70 2008
sivacon8PS
CD-K, BD01, BD2
Busbar Trunking
Systems
up to 1250 A
© Siemens AG 2007
Related catalogs Contents
Low-Voltage Controls and Systems • Controlgear: Contactors and contactor assemblies,

Distribution solid-state switching devices • Protection equipment • Load
SIRIUS · SENTRON · SIVACON feeders, motor starters and soft starters • Monitoring and control
Order No.: devices • Detecting devices • Commanding and signaling
devices • Transformers • Power supplies • Planning and config-
Catalog LV 1
uration with SIRIUS • Power Management System • SIVACON
E86060-K1002-A101-A6-7600 Power, distribution boards, busway and cubicle systems •
Technical Information incl. LV 1 T SENTRON switching and protection devices for power distri-
bution • Air circuit breakers, molded case circuit-breakers,
switch disconnectors • Software for power distribution •
BETA low-voltage circuit protection
Low-Voltage LV 16 SIRIUS 3RV17 and 3RV18 motor starter protectors according to

Controls and Components UL 489 • SIVACON Components for 8US Distribution Systems
for Applications according to UL according to UL 508A • SENTRON 3WL5 air circuit breakers/
Order no.: non-automatic air circuit breakers according to UL 489/IEC •
E86060-K1816-A101-A1-7600 SENTRON 3VL Molded case circuit breakers according to UL
489/IEC • ALPHA Devices according to UL Standard •
BETA Devices according to UL standard
Industrial Communication PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet • Industrial Mobile

Industrial Communication Communicaton • PROFIBUS to IEC 61158/EN 50170 • SIMATIC
for Automation and Drives ET 200 distributed I/Os • AS-Interface to EN 50295/IEC 61158 •
Order No.: Remote operation with SINAUT Telecontrol • Routers •
E86060-K6710-A101-B6-7600 IK PI ECOFAST system
E86060-K6710-A121-A2-7600 IK PI N
SICUBE LV 50 System cubicles • Cubicle modifications • Cubicle expansion

System Cubicles and components • Accessories • Special cubicles •
Cubicle Air-Conditioning Cubicle solutions in applications • Cubicle air-conditioning •
Order No.: Special colors
E86060-K1920-A101-A3-7600
SIDAC LV 60 Commutating reactors for converters • Mains reactors for

Reactors and Filters frequency converters • Iron-core output reactors •
Order No.: Ferrite output reactors • Iron-core smoothing reactors •
E86060-K2803-A101-A4-7600 Smoothing air-core reactors • Filter reactors • Application-
specific reactors • Radio interference suppression filters •
dv/dt filters • Sinewave filters
SIVACON 8PS LV 70 Busbar trunking systems, overview • CD-K system

CD-K, BD01, BD2 (25 A to 40 A) • BD01 system (40 A to 160 A) •
Busbar Trunking Systems BD2 system (160 A to 1250 A)
up to 1250 A
Order No.:
E86060-K1870-A101-A3-7600
Automation & Drives CA 01 All Automation and Drives products,

The A&D Offline Mall including those in the catalogs listed above.
CD-ROM:
E86060-D4001-A110-C6-7600
DVD:
E86060-D4001-A510-C6-7600
A&D Mall All Automation and Drives products,

Internet: including those in the catalogs listed above.
http://www.siemens.com/
automation/mall
Catalog-PDF All catalogs for low-voltage controls and distribution can be

Internet: downloaded as PDF files.
http://www.automation.
siemens.com/cd
Registered trademarks Technical Assistance
All product designations may be registered trademarks or Expert technical assistance for
product names of Siemens AG or other supplying Low-voltage controls and
companies. Third parties using these trademarks or product electrical installation.
names for their own purposes may infringe upon the rights of Tel.: +49 (9 11) 8 95-59 00
the trademark owners.
Fax: +49 (9 11) 8 95-59 07
Further information about low-voltage controls is available on
the Internet at: E-Mail: technical-
assistance@siemens.com
http://www.siemens.com/lowvoltage
© Siemens AG 2007
SIVACON 8PS Introduction
CD-K, BD01, BD2 1

Busbar Trunking Systems
up to 1250 A
Catalog LV 70 · 2008 Busbar Trunking Systems, Overview
Invalid: Catalog LV 70 · 2006
The products in this catalog

can also be found in the
2
Offline Mall CA 01
Order No.:
E86060-D4001-A110-C6-7600 (CD-ROM)
E86060-D4001-A510-C6-7600 (DVD)
Contact your local Siemens
representative for further information CD-K System – 25 ... 40 A
© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System – 40 ... 160 A
4
The products and
systems listed in this
catalog are distributed/
manufactured using a
certified quality
management system
which complies with
BD2 System – 160 ... 1250 A
EN ISO 9001
(Certificate Register No.
1210016950 TMS).
The TÜV certificate is
recognized in all IQNet
countries.
5
Appendix
s 6
© Siemens AG 2007
Explanations
Things you should know about Catalog LV 70 · 2008

Catalog LV 70 · 2008 contains selection-relevant
data as per 10/2007.
Delivery time class (DT)

} Preferred type Preferred types are available immediately from The delivery times apply up to the ramp at Siemens AG (products ready for
A 2 working days stock, i.e. are dispatched within 24 hours. dispatch). The transport times depend on the destination and type of shipping.
Normal quantities of the products are usually The standard transport time for Germany is 1 day.
B 1 week
delivered within the specified time following The delivery time classes specified here represent the state of 10/2007. They
C 3 weeks receipt of your order at our branch. are permanently optimized. Up-to-date information can be found at
D 6 weeks In exceptional cases, the actual delivery time may http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall.
X On request differ from that specified.
Package sizes (PS)

The package size defines the number, e.g. of units,
sets or meters, for outer packaging.
Only the quantity defined by the package size or a
multiple thereof can be ordered!
Weight
The defined weight in kg refers to the price unit
(PU). For the product range covered by LV 70 it is 1.
Dimensions
All dimensions in mm.
2 Siemens LV 70 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2007
Introduction
1/2 Siemens Automation and Drives.

Welcome.
1/4 Sharpen your competitive edge.

Totally Integrated Automation
1/6 Integrated energy distribution

from a single source.
Totally Integrated Power
1/8 Busbar trunking systems in action.

SIVACON 8PS
1/10 Made-to-measure, economical

solutions.
SIVACON 8PS Engineering Tools.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008
© Siemens AG 2007
Siemens Automation and Drives.

Welcome
More than 70,000 people aiming for the same goal:

increasing your competitiveness. That's Siemens
Automation and Drives.
We offer you a comprehensive portfolio for sustained

success in your sector, whether you're talking automa-
tion engineering, drives or electrical installation sys-
tems. Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and Totally
Integrated Power (TIP) form the core of our offering.
TIA and TIP are the basis of our integrated range of
products and systems for the manufacturing and process
industries as well as building automation. This portfolio
is rounded off by innovative services over the entire life
cycle of your plants.
Learn for yourself the potential our products and

systems offer. And discover how you can permanently
increase your productivity with us.
Your regional Siemens contact can provide more infor-

mation. He or she will be glad to help.
1/2 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 1/3

© Siemens AG 2007
Sharpen your competitive edge.

Totally Integrated Automation
With Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), Siemens is the only

manufacturer to offer an integrated range of products and sys-
tems for automation in all sectors - from incoming goods to out-
going goods, from the field level through the production control
level to connection with the corporate management level.
On the basis of TIA, we implement solutions that are perfectly
tailored to your specific requirements and are characterized by a
unique level of integration. This integration not only ensures sig-
nificant reductions in interface costs but also guarantees the
highest level of transparency across all levels.
ERP Enterprise Resource Planning
Ethernet
Management Level
MES Manufacturing Execution Systems
Ethernet
Operations Level SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Control (DCS)
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Software for
Design and Engineering Maintenance
Installation and Commissioning Modernization
Operation and Upgrade
Control Level
SINUMERIK SIMOTION
Computer Numeric Control Motion Control System
Field Level
PROFIBUS PA AS-Interface
Process Instrumentation SIMATIC Sensors
Totally
Integrated
HART
Automation
1/4 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
It goes without saying that you profit from Totally Integrated

Automation during the entire life cycle of your plants - from the
first planning steps, through operation, right up to moderniza-
tion. Consistent integration in the further development of our
products and systems guarantees a high degree of investment
security here.
Totally Integrated Automation makes a crucial contribution
towards optimizing everything that happens in the plant and
thus creates the conditions for a significant increase in produc-
tivity.
SIMATIC IT
SIMATIC WinCC
SCADA System
SIMATIC NET SIMATIC Controllers SIMATIC HMI Safety Integrated

Industrial Modular/Embedded/PC-based Human Machine Interface
Communication
SIRIUS Industrial Controls

SENTRON Switching Devices
SIMOCODE pro
Motor Management System
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
SINAMICS Drive Systems AS-Interface
SIMATIC Distributed I/O
Totally
Integrated
Power
KNX/EIB
GAMMA instabus
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 1/5

© Siemens AG 2007
Integrated energy distribution from a single source.

Totally Integrated Power
Totally Integrated Power (TIP) brings together all the components

of electrical energy distribution into an integrated whole. Thus TIP
provides the answer to growing market demands in the planning,
construction and use of utility buildings and industrial buildings.
On the basis of TIP, we offer integrated solutions for energy distri-
bution, from medium voltage to the power outlet. Totally Inte-
grated Power is based here on integration in planning and config-
uring as well as on perfectly matched products and systems.
Communication HMI Load Graphs Prognoses

manage-
ment
Process/production U
UI
I cos o
P o
cos
PW
automation
W
PROCESS FIELD BUS
Products and systems
£ 110 kV
Planning
and configuration
1/6 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Totally Integrated Power offers communication

and software modules for connecting the energy
distribution systems to industrial automation and
building automation. This enables the implemen-
tation of significant savings potential.
Main- Message/ Selective Protocols Power Cost center

tenance error protection DATE: quality
manage- EMPLOYEE
COST CENTER
PAY PERIOD BEGINNING
Building
ment
PAY PERIOD ENDING
Substation
automation
DATE
SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL
IN
OUT
Distribution
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
Maintenance
TOTAL HOURS
DATE
task
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
TOTAL HOURS
DATE
Hall 1 Air conditioning system IN

checkup OUT
IN
Distribution 3 Replacing circuit

OUT
OVERTIME
breaker contacts TOTAL HOURS
Infeed II Replacing meters CODES

V=VACATION
REGULAR HOLIDAY OTHER
H=HOLIDAY
S=SICK OVER THE HOURS
SICK VACATION
TIME & ONE-HALF
instabus EIB
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 1/7

© Siemens AG 2007
Busbar trunking systems in action.

SIVACON 8PS
Busbar trunking systems in the low-voltage

range guarantee the reliable transmission and
conveyance of power from the transformer
through the main and sub distribution board to
the load. Siemens offers a complete range of
high-performance systems:
• CD-K for 25 A to 40 A
• BD01 for 40 A to 160 A
• BD2 for 160 A to 1250 A
• LR for 630 A to 6300 A
• LD for 1100 A to 5000 A The BD01 system is quickly mounted and ideal
• LX for 800 A to 6300 A for power conveyance in craft businesses and
the skilled trades, e.g. in photographic studios.
All busbar trunking systems are "Type-tested
low-voltage controlgear combinations" (TTA)
according to IEC/EN 60439-1 and -2. They thus
provide a safety standard which meets the high
demands of automated production facilities and
building management systems.
Other advantages:
• Well arranged network topology
• Easy retrofitting when loads change
• Low operating costs thanks to high availability
• Easy planning and mounting
Area-wide solutions for lighting systems and

small loads The ideal system for production lines needing a
Be it in furniture stores, supermarkets or green- great deal of power is the LD system up to 5000 A.
houses – with the CD-K system (up to 40 A) you
can easily mount and supply power to lighting
systems over large areas. The attractive design
of the busbar trunking systems is very suitable
for sales rooms open to the public. Its high
degree of protection allows the CD system to be
used even in harsh environments.
Power for loads with no fixed location

The BD01 system is ideal for power conveyance
(up to 160 A) in craft businesses and the skilled
trades. The trunking units can be easily and
quickly connected. An anti-rotation element in
the tap-off units prevents incorrect mounting
and guarantees easy conversion.
Other advantages: Minimum stock keeping and
straightforward planning thanks to one standard
size for five different current strengths.
In the petrochemical industry, it is the LR system that provides

reliable and fault-free power supply.
1/8 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Universal power distribution

The BD2 system (up to 1250 A) supplies energy
to medium-size loads in buildings and all sectors
of industry. Pre-assembled tap-off units with the
most diverse equipment enable universal use.
With only two standard sizes for all levels of cur-
rent, stock keeping and planning are greatly fa-
cilitated.
High availability in production

The ventilated LD system (up to 5000 A) conveys
electricity to production facilities with a high
demand for power, e.g. in the automobile industry.
A separate PE bar enables the assured response
of the protective device over long conducting
paths. The high short-circuit strength permits
protection by medium-voltage circuit breakers
for the conveyance of power between the
transformer and the main infeed. Tap-off units up
to 1250 A can be plugged in without causing
any problems.
Siemens offers modular ancillary equipment units for indication, control and monitoring
of the flow of power through busbar trunking systems. These units are equipped with bus Flexible power distribution for multi-storey
interfaces, command devices and power meters.
buildings
The LX sandwich system (up to 6300 A) is used
wherever large amounts of power have to be
conveyed independently of position. Be it for radio
broadcasting stations, computer centers or
Internet providers – conductor configurations
with an insulated PE/ground conductor and double
neutral conductor cross-section guarantee an
interference-free power supply. Tap-off units up
to 1250 A are available as standard.
Safe power conveyance for petrochemicals

The encapsulated LR system (up to 6300 A) is
extremely resistant to external interference
thanks to its high degree of protection.
It guarantees the safe conveyance of power in
severe weather as well as under harsh industrial
conditions with dust, dirt and aggressive media.
Typical applications are the petrochemical industry,
refuse incineration plants and power stations.
The LX busbar trunking system is the perfect equipment for multi-storey buildings where
large quantities of power need to be transported, uninfluenced by the mounting position
of the system.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 1/9

© Siemens AG 2007
Made-to-measure, economical solutions.

SIVACON 8PS Engineering Tools
SIVACON Engineering Tools from Siemens help

generate precisely dimensioned and economical
planning and design solutions. You are in full
control of even complex tasks at all times:
Selection aid for busbar trunking systems

(MobileSpice)
The selection aid enables you to order busbar
trunking systems up to 1250 A and is available
in the Mall. The same selection aid can also be
found in Catalog CA 01 on CD-ROM.
The following configurators are available:

• SIVACON 8PS system CD-K, 25 ... 40 A
• SIVACON 8PS system BD01, 40 ... 160 A
• SIVACON 8PS system BD2, 160 ... 1250 A
In MobileSpice, you select the trunking units for your system from a menu,
and then transfer them into an order list.
Should you have any queries concerning
installation, functionality or application options –
please mail us at
sbts.tool_support.aud@siemens.com
We will be pleased to assist you.
1/10 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Busbar Trunking Systems,

Overview
Contents
2/2 Overview
System overview
2/4 Overview
2/5 Benefits
2/5 More information
Technical overview
2/6 Overview
Principles of busbar trunking

planning
2/8 Overview
Communication-capable busbar
trunking for industry and buildings
2/9 Overview
2/10 Application
Busbars instead of cables

2/11 Overview
© Siemens AG 2007
Busbar Trunking Systems, Overview
Contents
■ Overview
Busbar trunking systems
In this catalog you’ll find:
• CD-K system up to 40 A
• BD01 system up to 160 A
• BD2 system up to 1250 A
For systems up to 6300 A please enquire.
Trunking unit with tap-off unit
Feeder unit
2/2 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Contents
CD-K system – 25 A ... 40 A BD2 system – 160 A ... 1250 A
NSV0_00421
NSV0_00201
Page Page
System overview of busbar trunking systems 2/4 System overview of busbar trunking systems 2/4
Technical overview of busbar trunking systems 2/6 Technical overview of busbar trunking systems 2/6
Contents: CD-K system
Overview
3/1
3/2
Contents: BD2 system
Overview
5/1
5/2
2
Design 3/3 Design 5/4
Technical specifications 3/7 Technical specifications 5/14
Selection and ordering data 3/9 Selection and ordering data 5/22
Configuration 3/15 Configuration 5/73
Dimensional drawings 3/22 Fire barriers 5/94
Dimensional drawings 5/102
BD01 system – 40 A ... 160 A
NSV0_00241
Page
System overview of busbar trunking systems 2/4
Technical overview of busbar trunking systems 2/6
Contents: BD01 system 4/1
Overview 4/2
Design 4/3
Technical specifications 4/9
Selection and ordering data 4/11
Configuration 4/29
Dimensional drawings 4/34
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 2/3

© Siemens AG 2007
System overview
■ Overview
6
6 4
3
2
B
-K
1
0
D
B
1
0
D
B
B
-K
1
0
D
B
6
NSV0_00682
2/4 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
System overview
■ Benefits ) LX system up to 6300 A

The busbar trunking system for power conveyance and distribution
$ CD-K system up to 40 A in buildings:
The versatile busbar trunking system for area-wide power supply • High degree of protection up to IP55
to lighting systems: • Quick and easy mounting
• Versatile thanks to high degree of protection up to IP55 • Reliable and safe operation
• Lower planning costs through simple configuration • Tap-off points for loads up to 1250 A
• Quick-release plug-in connection for fast assembly • Type-tested connection to distribution boards and transformers
• Tap-off points on both sides for optimized utilization of the bus-
LR system
2
bar line
• Uniform current loading of the conductors through splitting of The busbar trunking system for power conveyance under
the tap-off plugs among the individual phases extreme ambient conditions (IP68).
• Tap-off plugs allow fast and flexible load relocation Detailed information about this system is available from the
Siemens branch located close to you.
% BD01 system up to 160 A
* Communication-capable busbar trunking systems
The busbar trunking system for power conveyance in craft business
and the skilled trades: Communication-capable function expansions for combination
with known tap-off units:
• High degree of protection up to IP55
• Can be used with the systems BD01, BD2, LD and LX
• Flexible power supply
• Applications:
• Easy and quick planning - control of lighting for large areas
• Time-saving mounting - remote switching and signaling in the industrial sector
• Reliable mechanical and electrical connection - consumption recording of decentral power tap-off units
• High stability, low weight • Connection to the bus systems EIB, AS-Interface and
PROFIBUS
• Few basic modules required
• Easy contacting of the bus cable by insulation piercing method
• Storage-friendly system
• Easy and quick planning
• Variable changes of direction
• Flexible expansions and modifications
• Versatile tap-off units
• Module system
• Positive opening and closing of tap-off points
• Retrofitting of existing installations
& BD2 system up to 1250 A
The busbar trunking system for operation in the harsh industrial ■ More information
world. Selection aid for busbar trunking systems (MobileSpice)
• High degree of protection up to IP55
The selection aid enables you to order busbar trunking systems
• Easy and quick planning up to 1250 A.
• Time-saving and economical mounting The following configurators are available:
• Reliable and safe operation • SIVACON 8PS system CD-K, 25 ... 40 A
• Flexible modular system with simple solutions for every • SIVACON 8PS system BD01, 40 ... 160 A
application
• SIVACON 8PS system BD2, 160 .... 1250 A
• Early planning of the power distribution system without exact
knowledge of load locations This selection aid is available in the A&D Mall and in the Catalog
• Early readiness for operation thanks to fast and simple mounting CA 01 on CD-ROM. This CD-ROM is available free of charge
from your Siemens branch.
• Innovative design: No more compensation boxes to compensate
elongation Manual
• Codable tap-off units and tap-off points Planning with SIVACON 8PS – Busbar trunking systems up to
• Sealable throughout 6300 A
( LD system up to 5000 A (available soon)
The busbar trunking system for optimized power distribution in Leaflet
industry: Busbar trunking for safe and flexible power distribution up to
• High degree of protection IP54 6300 A
• Quick and easy mounting (Order No. E20001-A220-P309)
• Reliable and safe operation
• Space-saving, compact design up to 5000 A in one enclosure
• Tap-off points for loads up to 1250 A
• Type-tested connection to distribution boards and transformers
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 2/5

© Siemens AG 2007
Technical overview
■ Overview
Busbar trunking systems Rated current Rated Frequency Number of Degree of Ambient
operational active protection temperature,
voltage conductors min./max.
A V AC Hz °C
CD-K 30 400 50 ... 60 2, 3, 4, 2 ⫻ 4 up to IP55 −5/+40
40 (PE = enclosure)
2 ⫻ 25
2 ⫻ 40
2
NSV0_00201
BD01 40 400 50 ... 60 4 up to IP55 −5/+40

63 (PE = enclosure)
100
125
160
NSV0_00241
BD2A 160 ... 400, 690 50 ... 60 5 up to IP55 −5/+40

BD2C 630 ... 1250
NSV0_00421
LDA1 ... LDA8 1100 ... 4000, 1000 50 ... 60 4 or 5 up to IP54 −5/+40
LDC2 ... LDC8 2000 ... 5000
NSV0_00681
LXA01 ... LXA10 800 ... 4500, 1000 50 ... 60 3, 4, 5, 6 up to IP55 −5/+40
LXC01 ... LXC10 1000.... 6300 (PE = enclosure)
NSV0_00321
LRC01 ... LRC29 630.... 6300 1000 50 ... 60 4, 5 IP68 −5/+40
NSV0_01451
2/6 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Technical overview
Mounting Length Tap-off points Tap-off units Material Fire load Can be combined with
position communication-capable
tap-off units for
m kWh/m
Edgewise 2 On one side up to 16 A Insulated 0.1 ... 0.48 --
3 every 0.5 or 1 m Cu conductors,
On two sides painted sheet
every 0.5 or 1 m steel enclosure
Edgewise, 2 On one side up to 63 A Insulated 0.76 Lighting control

flat 3 every 0.5 or 1 m aluminum or
(tap-off points copper
downwards) conductor,
painted sheet-
steel enclosure
Edgewise, 0.5 ... 3.25 None up to 630 A Al or Cu busbars, 0.6 ... 0.67 Lighting control, remote switching,
flat and vertical On two sides painted sheet (without tap-off signaling and consumption
offset every steel enclosure points) measurement
0.25 or 0.5 m
Horizontal, 0.5 ... 3.2 None up to 1250 A Insulated 4.16 ... 8.83 Remote switching, signaling and
edgewise On one side aluminum or (without tap-off consumption measurement
and vertical every 1 m copper busbars, points)
painted sheet-
On two sides steel enclosure
every 1 m
Horizontal, 0.35 ... 3 None up to 1250 A Insulated 1.95 ... 11.07 Remote switching, signaling and
edgewise On one side Al or Cu busbars, (without tap-off consumption measurement
and vertical every 0.5 m painted aluminum points)
enclosure
On two sides
every 0.5 m
Horizontal, 0.5 ... 3 None up to 630 A Epoxy resin -- --

edgewise On one side system,
and vertical selectable Cu busbars
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 2/7

© Siemens AG 2007
Principles of busbar trunking planning
■ Overview
General information
When developing the planning concept of a power supply system
it is necessary not only to consider the standards and specifications
in force but also to clarify the correlations between economy and
technology. Electrical equipment such as distribution boards
and transformers must be dimensioned and selected so that
they represent an optimum in their entirety and not just
individually.
2
All components must be sufficiently dimensioned for the loads
which arise in the event of a fault as well as during operation at
rated values. Other decisive points to be considered when
drawing up the power concept are:
• The type, utilization and shape of building
(e.g. high-rise, flat-roof and number of storeys)
• Determination of load centers and fixing of possible supply
routes and locations for transformers and main distribution
boards
• Fixing of building-related rating values according to specific
Trunking units for currents from 40 to 6300 A
area loads depending on the building's use
When it comes to developing a power distribution concept, including • Specifications and requirements imposed by the building
the configuring of systems and components, it is necessary to authorities
coordinate the requirements and possibilities of the end-user
with those of the manufacturer. • Requirements imposed by the power supply companies
With this in mind, the individual systems are described along The result will never be a single solution but several versions
with their technical features and applications. Another element is which must be assessed with regard to their technical and
the graphic representation of the various busbar trunking elements. economic implications. The following requirements are paramount
All details of importance for the planning work are specially in this connection:
emphasized and explained. • Easy and clear-cut planning
In "Information on engineering" in the chapters 3 to 5, you will find • Long endurance
ideas for ready-to-use planning solutions. For example, dimen- • High availability
sioning principles are presented and in-depth information given • Low fire load
on subjects such as system design, short-circuit protection, fire
barriers or functional endurance. • Flexible adaptation to alterations in the building
Services and engineering tools are available from Siemens to In most applications these requirements are easily met by the
simplify the drawing up of customer specifications. use of suitable busbar trunking. For this reason, busbar trunking
rather than the cable installation method is being used more and
more often by engineering offices for the conveyance and distri-
bution of power. Siemens offers busbar trunking from 25 to 6300 A:
• The CD-K busbar system from 25 to 40 A for supplying power
to lights and miniature loads
• The BD01 busbar system from 40 to 160 A for supplying
power to workshops with tap-off points up to 63 A
• The BD2 system from 160 to 1250 A for supplying power to
medium-size loads in buildings and in industry
• The LD system for supplying power to loads with medium
power consumption and in industry
• The LX sandwich system for the conveyance of large amounts
of power in buildings
• The LR encapsulated system for the conveyance of power in
extreme ambient conditions (IP68)
2/8 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007

Communication-capable busbar trunking
for industry and buildings
■ Overview
Busbar trunking systems System concept of communication-capable busbar trunking
The strengths of busbar trunking lie in the conveyance and
distribution and the switching and protecting of electrical power.
The integration of automation and building management systems
in the Siemens busbar trunking systems results in additional
benefits and at the same time increases the flexibility of the
busbar trunking.
The combination of standard tap-off units with standard ancillary
equipment units ensures efficiency particularly in planning,
installation and operation. 2
Advantages of the system solution during planning:
• Modular system
• Tested standard components
• Free choice of bus system
• Use of common bus systems
Advantages of the system solution during start-up:
• Easy and quick installation
Switching and reporting with the BD2 system
• Start-up in steps possible
• Flexible in case of expansions and modifications The standardized tap-off units of the busbar trunking systems
can be combined with standard types of device unit to form a
Advantages of the system solution during operation: system solution of communication-capable busbar trunking.
• Transparency of switching states The standard applications are assembled at the factory from a
• Central recording of power costs combination of tap-off unit and ancillary equipment unit. The bus
• Increase in plant availability as a result of immediate detection cable for transmitting the data signals is laid in a cable duct
of the type of fault and its location which must be mounted on the busbar enclosure.
• Preventive maintenance through recording of operating hours
and operating cycles
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 2/9

© Siemens AG 2007

Communication-capable busbar trunking
for industry and buildings
■ Application
Standard application: lighting control Standard application for switching and reporting
The lighting control application enables the efficient and low-cost The application for switching and reporting enables the remote
implementation of lighting control systems for large areas such switching and remote monitoring of tap-off points for power sup-
as are used, for example, in supermarkets, furniture stores or ply or motors feeders.
DIY centers.
The power supply becomes highly transparent through the
The power bus is formed by BD01 or BD2 busbar trunking from central recording of switching and operating states. In the event
Siemens, depending on the current requirement. of a fault, the type of fault, e.g. short-circuit or overload tripping,
and its location are detected quickly and efficiently so that the
The standard tap-off units are equipped with miniature circuit
2
availability of the power supply system is effectively increased.
breakers or fuses feed CD-K busbar systems which act
simultaneously as the support system for the lighting elements. The power bus is formed by BD2, LD or LX busbar trunking
The economical and efficient control of extensive lighting systems from Siemens, depending on the current requirement.
systems is thus possible. The combinations of standard tap-off unit and standard device
unit are equipped with corresponding switching devices and
The EIB (European Installation Bus) or AS-Interface bus systems enable the centrally controlled switching and monitoring of the
are suitable for standard applications. On live busbar systems circuit breakers.
the tap-off point for power and bus can be adapted to the
operational requirements. The AS-Interface or PROFIBUS bus systems are suitable for
standard applications.
Possible functions of the lighting control
• Three times single-pole switching (L1, L2, L3) or 1/3, 2/3, 3/3 Possible functions for switching and reporting
control • Central recording of switching and operating states
• Feedback of switching states • Local and central switching
• Lamp test • Switching on is monitored by means of an integrated run-time
• Recording of operating hours and operating cycles monitor
• Fault signal inputs
Standard application for consumption recording
• Group fault signal
The consumption recording function enables the central recording • Short-circuit signal
of distributed power meters.
• Overload signal
The time-consuming reading of local meters is no longer
necessary. Integration of the consumption recording in a • Recording of operating hours and operating cycles
visualization or I&C system by means of the data bus creates • Limit value signals
maximum transparency in the power distribution board. If
recorded continuously, the measured values collected can be
assigned to cost centers at a central point. The evaluation of
trends and histories enables the data acquired to be analyzed.
The combinations of tap-off unit and ancillary equipment unit
can be equipped with either calibrated or non-calibrated power
meters and enable the quick and transparent presentation of
power consumption levels at the power tap-off points.
The power bus is formed by BD2, LD or LX busbar trunking from
Siemens, depending on the current requirement. Transformer
sets (non-calibrated and calibrated) are available for the various
tap-off units and levels of current.
Possible functions for consumption recording
• Recording of consumption data
• Resetting of meter total
• Indication of a group fault
• Reporting in the event of meter overflow, calling up of
historical data
2/10 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Busbars instead of cables
■ Overview
Easier when it comes to planning High short-circuit strength and minimum fire load result in
greater safety
Easy to plan, quick to install and flexible to use: Siemens busbar
trunking systems are the economical answer for conveying A step-ahead in terms of safety – be it short-circuit strength or
power into any building. The power distribution system can be fire load. For example, the BD2A-250 busbar trunking systems
precisely planned from the total load rating and the type and have a fire load of only 1.32 kWh/m; comparable cables
number of loads. Clarity is assured by the line-shaped network (NYY 4 × 95/50 mm2) have 5.19 kWh/m by contrast. And the
topology with regularly arranged load feeders. All applications busbars are halogen-free. Siemens busbar trunking systems
can be implemented in less time and space with standardized have a high short-circuit strength. Also, the near-load protection
sizes. against short-circuiting simplifies troubleshooting.
Quicker when it comes to installing 2
Benefits during installation: Busbar trunking systems can be
installed by two persons, saving time and money compared to
the costly cable installation method. Installation errors are
practically ruled out by the safe and user-guided connection
technology. No special tools are required. Another benefit for
quick installation: Siemens busbar trunking systems are easy to
fasten and have large intervals between supports (busbars up
to 4 m, cables every 1.5 m).
Siemens busbar trunking systems are an economical alternative
to the cable installation method.
High fire load with cables
With cable installation, new loads are connected by way of an additional

sub-distribution board, which is costly and time-consuming
Low fire load with busbar trunking

More flexible in case of expansions and modifications
If the power distribution system has to be adapted to new
Tap-off units near the loads make local arrangements more transparent requirements, the busbar will take you quicker to your goal.
For example, new tap-off units can simply be mounted on the
tap-off points. The system can be expanded and modified with-
out difficulty. Tap-off units and system parts increase the flexibil-
ity. Cost-intensive downtimes are eliminated or minimized. The
power distribution system enables faultless operation with high
user-friendliness and safety.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 2/11

© Siemens AG 2007
Notes
2/12 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
CD-K System – 25 ... 40 A
Introduction
3/2 Overview
3/3 Benefits
3/3 Design
3/5 Accessories
General data
3/7 Technical specifications
Trunking units
3/9 Selection and ordering data
Feeder units
Tap-off plugs
Accessories
Information on engineering
3/15 Overview
3/16 Design
3/20 Function
Project planning aids

3/22 Dimensional drawings
© Siemens AG 2007
CD-K System — 25 ... 40 A
Introduction
■ Overview
3
5
4 3
2
NSV0_00035a
1
5
1 Trunking unit
4 2 Feeder unit
3 Tap-off plug
4 End flange
5 Accessories
3/2 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Introduction
Version
■ Design
Type-tested low-voltage controlgear combination (TTA)
according to Trunking units
• IEC/EN 60439-1
• IEC/EN 60439-2
Degree of protection
NSV0_00001
• High degree of protection to IP54 of the standard version
• Increase to IP55 with accessories
3 2 1
Components
Trunking units 1 Locating section
• 3-, 4-, 5- and 3/5-conductor system 2 Connection terminal

3 Tap-off point
• Equipment on one side:
- 2 or 3 tap-off points spaced 1 m apart
- 5 tap-off points spaced 0.5 m apart The trunking units are available in lengths of 2 m and 3 m.
• Equipment on two sides: They consist of a rectangular, galvanized metal enclosure with a
- 2, 3 or 5 tap-off points spaced 1 m apart white-grey paint finish.
- 2, 3 or 5 tap-off points spaced 0.5 m apart They are equipped on one side or two sides with current leads:
• Lengths of 2 m and 3 m • 2 cables for L1 + N (PE = enclosure), one-side
• Plug-in connection • 3 cables for L1 + L2 + N (PE = enclosure), one-side
• Codable tap-off points • 4 cables for L1 + L2 + L3 + N (PE = enclosure), one-side or
3
Feeder units two-side
• Initial infeeds • 2 cables for L3 + N (PE = enclosure) and
4 cables for L1 + L2 + L3 + N (PE = enclosure).
• Final infeeds
Tap-off plugs
• 3-pole, 10 A and 16 A, Lx (phase can be plugged over
optionally to L1, L2, L3 ), N and PE
NSV0_00002
• 5-pole, 10 A and 16 A, L1, L2, L3, N, PE
Accessories
• End flange Single conductor run: Two conductor runs:
tap-off points at intervals tap-off points at intervals
• Fixing bracket of 0,5 or 1 m of 0,5 or 1 m
• Suspension hook
• Suspension bracket The tap-off points are spaced at regular intervals of 0.5 or 1 m on
the trunking unit.
• Cable fixture
• Coding set The trunking unit enclosure acts as the PE conductor. Three lev-
els of current are available: 2 × 25 A, 30 A, 40 A und 2 × 40 A.
• Degree of protection IP55 All trunking units are equipped with finger-safe tap-off points.
That can be coded by the user.
■ Benefits Connections
7 Lower planning costs through simple configuration
7 Quick-release plug-in connection for fast assembly
7 Tap-off points on both sides for optimized utilization of the bus-
bar line
7 Uniform current loading of the conductors through splitting of
the tap-off plugs among the individual phases
7 Tap-off plugs allow fast and flexible load relocation
NSV0_00003
7 Accessories for increasing the degree of protection to IP55 for
extreme environmental conditions
The trunking units, including those with feeder units and end
flanges, are assembled without tools by straightforward plug-in
connection. The PE path is established automatically when the
enclosures are connected.
An interlock mechanism with two fixings prevents a loosening of
the connections between the trunking units, feeder units and
flange. Two fixtures prevent self-disconnection of the
connection. No expansion compensation is required.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 3/3

© Siemens AG 2007
Introduction
End flanges The phase tap-off can therefore be changed by simply changing
the contacts to another terminal.
L3 NSV0_00007
L2
NSV0_00004
L1
N
PE
These flanges provide touch protection against direct contact at

the ends of the busbar line. They are suitable for use with all
systems.
Feeder units
L1 + N + PE L2 + N + PE L3 + N + PE
On the 5-pole tap-off plugs, the phase tap-off can not be

changed.
The phase assignment of the tap-off plugs is visible from the out-
NSV0_00005
side.
3 Two versions are available:

• As an entry feeder unit for 2 × 25 A, 30 A, 40 A and 2 × 40 A,
• As a final feeder unit for 2 × 25 A, 30 A, 40 A and 2 × 40 A.
One end flange is included in scope of supply with each unit.
Cable entry from three sides. Use metric M25 or M32 plastic
cable glands with strain relief (not included in scope of supply).
NSV0_00037
Tap-off plugs
Insulated tap-off plugs are used for taking current from the tap- Tap-off plugs with terminals accept cables up to 2.5 mm2. The
off points on the trunking units. They can be mounted and re- connection cables should be supported separately if necessary.
moved by hand. This is even possible with live busbars.
The following versions are available:
• 3-pole and 5-pole versions without fuse base with halogen-
free, flame-retardant cable.
L1 L3
L2
• 3-pole and 5-pole version without fuse base with terminal and
N L1 L2 L3
N
plastic M20 cable grommet.

• 3-pole version with fuse base for 8.5 mm × 31.5 mm cylinder
fuses; type gG (IEC) and type gL (VDE) (quick), with halogen-
free, flame-retardant cable. NSV0_00009
• 3-pole and 5-pole versions with fuse bases for one or
three 8.5 mm × 31.5 mm cylinder fuses; type gG (IEC) and
type gL (VDE) (quick), with terminal and plastic M20 cable
grommet.
L3
L2
L1
NSV0_00010
NSV0_00036
The 3-pole tap-off plugs have a variable phase tap-off, i.e. they
can be plugged over (optionally to L1, L2 or L3).
3/4 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Introduction
■ Accessories
Accessories for IP55 Tap-off plugs
Trunking units The degree of protection IP55 is achieved by fitting additional
seals at the tap-off point.
The higher degree of protection IP55 is achieved by fitting an ad-
ditional seal and a flange at the tap-off point and by sticking
pads over the connection fixtures.
NSV0_009
87
NSV0_00986
Tap-off plug
3
NSV0_009
88
Tap-off point
NSV0_00989
Connection point between end flange and trunking unit

Tap-off plug for cylinder fuses
NSV0_00990
Connection between trunking units
NSV0_00991
Connection between trunking unit and feeder unit
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 3/5

© Siemens AG 2007
Introduction
Suspension Cable fixture
The trunking unit profile allows attachment of the suspension • Cables routed with the trunking unit can be secured using the
and fixing brackets at any point of the trunking unit. cable clip.
• Mounting brackets for trunking units and simultaneously
suspension brackets for lights up to max. 20 kg.
NSV0_00017
NSV0_01454
Cable clip
Coding
Fixing bracket
Coding can be used for various frequencies and voltages. It can be
• Suspension bracket for suspending trunking units and for retrofitted to the CD-K-... trunking units and the CD-K-A... tap-off
increased mechanical rigidity at the trunking unit connection plugs. Three code settings are possible: CD-K1, -K2, -K3.
points.
3 NSV0_00015
12
00
0_0
Suspension bracket NSV
• Snap-on mounting brackets for suspending trunking units with

CD-H suspension hooks or threaded rods and for fixing lamps Coding on the trunking unit
(for lamps up to max. 20 kg). Also allows cables to be routed
alongside the system at a later stage. Snap-on fixing brackets
must be used only for balanced loads, not for concentrated
loads.
NSV0_00016
NSV0_00038
Coding on the tap-off plug

Fixing bracket, snap-on
Underfloor mounting
Fixing brackets for underfloor mounting
NSV0_00011
3/6 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
General data
■ Technical specifications
General technical specifications
Type CD-K-...
Standards and specifications IEC/EN 60439-1 and -2
Rated insulation voltage Ui V AC/DC 400/400
Overvoltage category/degree of pollution III/3
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 400
Frequency Hz 50 ... 60
Climatic proofing Damp heat, constant, according to IEC 60068-2-78
Damp heat, cyclic, according to IEC 60068-2-30
Ambient temperature °C -5 ... +40
Degree of protection according to IEC/EN 60529 IP54, increase to IP55 with accessories
Material
• Trunking units Galvanized, painted sheet steel
• Busbars Tinned and insulated round-section copper wires
Mounting position Edgewise; tap-off points at the side
Weights See "Selection and ordering data"
Trunking units
Type CD-K-1302 CD-K-1303 CD-K-1304 CD-K-2254 (/2)
Conducting paths
3
Rated insulation voltageUi V AC/DC 400/400 400/400 400/400 400/400
Overvoltage category/degree of pollution III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 400 400 400 400
Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60
Rated current Ie Ⳏ conventional thermal current A 30 30 30 2 × 25
at max. 40 °C and 35 °C on a 24 h average
Impedance of conducting paths at 50 Hz
and 20 °C busbar temperature
• Resistance R20 mΩ/m 5.79 5.79 5.79 4.56
• Reactance X20 mΩ/m 0.26 0.26 0.26 0.15
• Impedance Z20 mΩ/m 5.80 5.80 5.80 4.56
Impedance of conducting paths
under event of a fault
• AC resistance RF mΩ/m 8.24 8.24 8.24 7.50
• Reactance XF mΩ/m 0.44 0.44 0.44 0.32
• Impedance ZF mΩ/m 8.25 8.25 8.25 7.51
"Null" impedance according to IEC/EN 60909 (VDE 0102)
• Resistance R0 Phase to N mΩ/m 24.24 24.24 24.24 18.59
• Reactance X0 Phase to N mΩ/m 1.77 1.77 1.77 0.82
• Impedance Z0 Phase to N mΩ/m 24.30 24.30 24.30 18.61
• Resistance R0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 12.00 12.00 12.00 13.49
• Reactance X0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 1.80 1.80 1.80 0.82
• Impedance Z0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 12.13 12.13 12.13 13.52
Short-circuit strength
Rated impulse withstand current Ipk kA 2.4 2.4 2.4 3.0
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (t = 1 s) kA 0.56 0.56 0.56 0.69
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (t = 0.1 s) kA 1.6 1.6 1.6 2.0
Conductors
Number of active conductors 2 3 4 2 × 4 (1 × 4, 1 × 2)
Conductor cross-section
• L1, L2, L3 mm2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.0
•N mm2 3.2 3.2 3.2 4.0
• PE (enclosure) Ⳏ Cu mm2 11 11 11 11
Conductor material Cu Cu Cu Cu
Fire load kWh/m 0.1 0.15 0.201 0.48
Max. thermal load, I2t value A2s × 103 310 310 310 470
Fixing intervals m 3 3 3 3
at normal mechanical load
Position of tap-off points Depending on the type: on one side at 0.5 m or 1 m intervals, on both sides at 0.5 m
intervals or alternating from side to side and offset at 0.5 m intervals
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 3/7

© Siemens AG 2007
General data
Type CD-K-1402 CD-K-1403 CD-K-1404 CD-K-2404 (/2)

Conducting paths
Rated insulation voltage Ui V AC/DC 400/400 400/400 400/400 400/400
Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60
Rated current Ie Ⳏ conventional thermal current A 40 40 40 2 × 40
• Resistance R20 mΩ/m 3.55 3.55 3.55 3.69
• Reactance X20 mΩ/m 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.13
• Impedance Z20 mΩ/m 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.69
• AC resistance RF mΩ/m 5.61 5.61 5.61 4.17
• Reactance XF mΩ/m 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.40
• Impedance ZF mΩ/m 5.67 5.67 5.67 4.18
• Resistance R0 Phase to N mΩ/m 14.85 14.85 14.85 14.33
• Reactance X0 Phase to N mΩ/m 0.99 0.99 0.99 0.78
• Impedance Z0 Phase to N mΩ/m 14.88 14.88 14.88 14.33
• Resistance R0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 9.87 9.87 9.87 5.15
3 • Reactance X0
• Impedance Z0
Phase to PE mΩ/m
Phase to PE mΩ/m
1.02
9.92
1.02
9.92
1.02
9.92
0.74
5.21
Rated impulse withstand current Ipk kA 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (t = 1 s) kA 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (t = 0.1 s) kA 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4
Conductor
Number of active conductors 2 3 4 2 × 4 (1 × 4, 1 × 2)
• L1, L2, L3 mm2 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
•N mm2 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
• PE (enclosure) Ⳏ Cu mm2 11 11 11 11
Fire load kWh/m 0.12 0.18 0.24 0.48
Max. thermal load, I2t value A2s × 103 720 720 720 720
Fixing intervals m 3 3 3 3
Position of tap-off points Depending on the type: on one side at 0.5 m or 1 m intervals, on both sides at 0.5 m
intervals or alternating from side to side and offset at 0.5 m intervals
Feeder units, conductor cross-sections

Version Type L1, L2, L3 N PE
min. max. min. max. min. max.
mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2 mm2
Entry feeder unit CD-K-...-EA 2.5 6 (f) 2.5 6 (f) 2.5 6 (f)
10 (so, st) 10 (so, st) 10 (so, st)
End feeder unit CD-K-...-EE 2.5 6 (f) 2.5 6 (f) 2.5 6 (f)
10 (so, st) 10 (so, st) 10 (so, st)
f = finely stranded with end sleeve, so = solid, st = stranded
Tap-off plugs
Type CD-K-A...
Version 3- or 5-pole
Rated current Ie A 10 or 16
Switching capacity according to IEC/EN 60947-3
• Utilization category AC-20B
Connection Without or with permanently attached cable;
The PE operates as a leading contact during connection and as a delayed contact
during removal
Fuses Without or with fuse holder for cylinder fuses 8.5 mm × 31.5 mm,
Type gG (IEC) or type gL (VDE) (quick)
3/8 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Trunking units
■ Selection and ordering data

Version Length Conductor Tap-off points DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
Number Distance per unit
approx.
m m kg
Rated current Ie = 30 A, tap-off points on one side
Trunking units 3 3-pole 3 1 A CD-K-1302-3 BVP:211151 6 units 2.450
Sheet-steel enclosure,
NSV0_00236a
color similar to RAL 9002 (white-gray),
codable tap-off points L1
N
PE
3 4-pole 3 1 A CD-K-1303-3 BVP:211152 6 units 2.550
NSV0_00237a
NSV0_00201
L2
L1
N
PE
2 5-pole NSV0_00238 2 1 A CD-K-1304-2 BVP:211153 6 units 1.850

L3
L2
L1
N
PE

NSV0_00238
L3
L2
L1
3
N
PE
3 5-pole 5 0.5 A CD-K-1304-3-05 BVP:211155 6 units 2.650

NSV0_00238
L3
L2
L1
N
PE

Trunking units 3 3-pole 3 1 A CD-K-1402-3 BVP:211156 6 units 2.450
NSV0_00236a
color similar to RAL 9002 (white-gray),

N
PE

NSV0_00237a
NSV0_00201
L2
L1
N
PE

NSV0_00238
L3
L2
L1
N
PE

NSV0_00238
L3
L2
L1
N
PE
3 5-pole 5 0.5 A CD-K-1404-3-05 BVP:211160 6 units 2.850

NSV0_00238
L3
L2
L1
N
PE
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof. Siemens LV 70 · 2008 3/9
© Siemens AG 2007
Trunking units
Version Length Conductor Tap-off points DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
Number Distance per unit
approx.
m m kg
Rated current Ie = 2 × 25 A, tap-off points on two sides
Trunking units 2 2 × 5-pole 2; 1 1 A CD-K-2254-2 BVP:211161 1 unit 2.350
NSV0 00239a
L3 L3
color similar to RAL 9002 (white-gray), L2 L2
N
L1
N
PE
3 2 × 5-pole 3; 2 1 A CD-K-2254-3 BVP:211162 1 unit 3.650
NSV0 00239a
NSV0_00201 L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
N N
PE
3 2 × 5-pole 5; 5 0.5 A CD-K-2254-3-05 BVP:211163 1 unit 3.650
NSV0 00239a
L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
N N
PE
2 5- + 3-pole 2; 1 1 A CD-K-2254/2-2 BVP:610352 6 units 2.350

NSV0 00240a
L3 L3
L2
L1
N N
PE
3 3 5- + 3-pole 3; 2 1 A CD-K-2254/2-3 BVP:610353 6 units 3.650

NSV0 00240a
L3 L3
L2
L1
N N
PE
3 5- + 3-pole 5; 5 0.5 A CD-K-2254/2-3-05 BVP:610354 6 units 3.650

NSV0 00240a
L3 L3
L2
L1
N N
PE

Trunking units 2 2 × 5-pole 2; 1 1 A CD-K-2404-2 BVP:610001 6 units 2.350
NSV0 00239a
L3 L3
color similar to RAL 9002 (white-gray), L2 L2
N
L1
N
PE
3 2 × 5-pole 3; 2 1 A CD-K-2404-3 BVP:610002 6 units 3.650

NSV0 00239a
NSV0_00201 L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
N N
PE
3 2 × 5-pole 5; 5 0.5 A CD-K-2404-3-05 BVP:610003 6 units 3.650

NSV0 00239a
L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
N N
PE

NSV0 00240a
L3 L3
L2
L1
N N
PE

NSV0 00240a
L3 L3
L2
L1
N N
PE
3 5- + 3-pole 5; 5 0.5 A CD-K-2404/2-3-05 BVP:610359 6 units 3.650

NSV0 00240a
L3 L3
L2
L1
N N
PE
3/10 Siemens LV 70 · 2008 * You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
© Siemens AG 2007
Feeder units

Version Length Conductor DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
per unit
approx.
m kg
Feeder units, incl. CD-EF end flange
Molded-plastic enclosure,
terminals for 2.5 to 10 mm2 cables,
cable entry from 3 sides,
suitable for plastic cable glands with strain relief,
M25 or M32 (not included in scope of supply)
Entry feeder units 0.23 5-pole A CD-K-1304-EA BVP:211164 1 unit 0.320
NSV0_00238
NSV0_00202
L3
L2
L1
N
PE
End feeder units 0.23 5-pole A CD-K-1304-EE BVP:211165 1 unit 0.450
NSV0_00238
NSV0_00203
L3
L2
L1
N
PE

Entry feeder units 0.23 5-pole A CD-K-1404-EA BVP:211166 1 unit 0.320
NSV0_00238
3
NSV0_00202
L3
L2
L1
N
PE
End feeder units 0.23 5-pole A CD-K-1404-EE BVP:211167 1 unit 0.450

NSV0_00238
NSV0_00203
L3
L2
L1
N
PE

Entry feeder units 0.23 2 × 5-pole A CD-K-2254-EA BVP:211168 1 unit 0.420
NSV0 00239a
NSV0_00202
L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
N N
PE
End feeder units 0.23 2 × 5-pole A CD-K-2254-EE BVP:211169 1 unit 0.500

NSV0 00239a
NSV0_00203
L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
N N
PE

Entry feeder units 0.23 2 × 5-pole A CD-K-2404-EA BVP:610004 1 unit 0.420
NSV0 00239a
NSV0_00202
L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
N N
PE
End feeder units 0.23 2 × 5-pole A CD-K-2404-EE BVP:610005 1 unit 0.500

NSV0 00239a
NSV0_00203
L3 L3
L2 L2
L1 L1
N N
PE
© Siemens AG 2007
Outgoing plugs

Version Outgoing cable Rated current DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
Length Cross- Ie per unit
section approx.
m mm2 A kg
Tap-off plugs with cable
Halogen-free cable according to IEC 60754-1 and
flame-retardant according to IEC 60332-1
3-pole, can be changed over to L1 or L2 or L3, 0.8 3 × 1.5 10 A CD-K-A3SO-1 BVP:610376 10 units 0.100
with N and PE; 3 3 × 1.5 10 A CD-K-A3SO-3 BVP:610377 10 units 0.230
without fuses
4 3 × 1.5 10 A CD-K-A3SO-4 BVP:610378 10 units 0.320
NSV0_00235
5-pole, L1 or L2, L3, N and PE; 0.8 5 × 1.5 10 A CD-K-A5SO-1 BVP:610381 10 units 0.120
without fuses 3 5 × 1.5 10 A CD-K-A5SO-3 BVP:610382 10 units 0.400
NSV0_00235
3 3-pole, can be changed over to L1, L2 or L3,

with N and PE;
0.8
3
3 × 1.5
3 × 1.5
16
16
A CD-K-A3M-1
A CD-K-A3M-3
BVP:211198
BVP:211199
5 units
10 units
0.220
0.460
with holder for 1 cylinder fuse 8.5 mm x 31.5 mm,
type gG (IEC) or gL (VDE), (quick)
L3
L2
L1
N
NSV0_00205
Tap-off plugs with terminals

With plastic M20 cable grommet,
connection using 2.5 mm2 terminal
3-pole, can be changed over to L1 or L2 or L3, -- -- 16 A CD-K-A3O-0 BVP:211196 10 units 0.100
with N and PE; without fuses
L3
L2
L1
N
NSV0_00206
5-pole, L1 or L2, L3, N and PE; -- -- 16 A CD-K-A5O-0 BVP:211200 10 units 0.120

without fuses
L3
L2
L1
N
NSV0_00206
3-pole, can be changed over to L1, L2 or L3, -- -- 16 A CD-K-A3M-0 BVP:211197 10 units 0.155
with N and PE;
with holder for 1 cylinder fuse 8.5 mm x 31.5 mm,
L3
L2
L1
N
NSV0_00206
5-pole, L1, L2, L3, N and PE; -- -- 16 A CD-K-A5M-0 BVP:211201 10 units 0.170
with holder for 3 cylinder fuses 8.5 mm x 31.5 mm,
L3
L2
L1
N
NSV0_00206
© Siemens AG 2007
Accessories

Version Rated operational DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
current Ie per unit
approx.
A kg
Coding
Coding sets for tap-off points
A CD-K1 BVP:211202 10 units 0.002
NSV0_00208
A CD-K2 BVP:211203 10 units 0.002

NSV0_00209
A CD-K3 BVP:211204 10 units 0.002

NSV0_00210
Mounting parts
End flange A CD-EF BVP:052124 1 unit 0.100
3
NSV0_00211
Connection fixtures A CD-CAP BVP:611072 1 set 0.001

(1 set = 14 units)
NSV0_00995
Accessories for degree of protection IP55

IP55 mounting sets for connection point A CD-FS BVP:611060 1 set 0.001
(1 set = 4 units)
NSV0_009
92
IP55 mounting sets for tap-off point A CD-FAS BVP:610360 5 units 0.600
NSV0_009
93
IP55 mounting sets for tap-off plug A CD-SAK BVP:610361 5 units 0.200
NSV0_009
94
© Siemens AG 2007
Accessories
Version DT Type Order No. PS* Weight

per unit
approx.
kg
Fixing
Snap-on fixing brackets A CD-BAC BVP:611391 36 units 0.020
for mounting trunking units and luminaires (balanced load)
NSV0_01455
Suspension hooks A CD-H BVP:086012 1 unit 0.030

for suspension by cable or pendant or chain
in conjunction with CD-BAC or CD-BC fixing bracket
NSV0_00214
Suspension brackets A CD-BA BVP:025377 1 unit 0.314

for suspension by cable or pendent or chain
(also for increased mechanical rigidity at the connecting points)
NSV0_00215
3 Snap-on fixing brackets A CD-BC BVP:203519 12 units 0.016

for mounting trunking units in combination
with CD-H suspension hooks or threaded rods
and for fixing lamps (balanced load)
NSV0_00216
Cable clips A CD-CL BVP:203520 10 units 0.003

for securing cables alongside trunking units
NSV0_00232
Fixing brackets A CD-BUF BVP:272546 12 units 0.037

for underfloor mounting
NSV0_00217
© Siemens AG 2007
■ Overview
Specimen text for tenders
Item Quantity Description Unit price Amount
... m Busbar trunking system for small loads and

lighting installations
• As type-tested low-voltage switchgear and controlgear combination (TTA)
according to IEC/EN 60439-1 and -2
• Rated current, corresponds to thermal rated current
at max. +40 °C and +35 °C on a 24 h average for indoor installation
• Rated insulation voltage Ui = 400 V AC, 400 V DC;
overvoltage category/degree of pollution III/3
• Operational voltage ... V, ... Hz
• Rated peak withstand current of busbar trunking system,
... kA tested according to IEC/EN 60439-1
• Degree of protection IP54, increase to IP55 with accessories
• 3-, 4-, 5- , 1 × 5- + 1 × 3- or 2 × 5-conductor system
• Copper conductor, insulated along its whole length
• Trunking units, sheet steel enclosed, with paint finish
• Halogen-free
• Tap-off points at 0.5 m and 1 m intervals per side
• Supplied ready for connection with all assembly parts
• Made by Siemens
• Type CD-...
Comprising: 3
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 3/15

© Siemens AG 2007
■ Design
Determining the fixing intervals
The closed section of the CD system has a high degree of L
NSV0_00018
F
mechanical strength. The load diagrams show the maximum
permissible loading in relation to the fixing interval (distance
f
between suspension points). L
Deflection F of the busbar trunking unit should not be greater than Balanced load Concentrated load
1/300 of the distance (L) between supports. F = balanced load.
Concentrated and balanced loads in relation to suspension point interval
Concentrated load Balanced load
18 18
(kg) (kg)
Weight of fitted loads
Weight of fitted loads

16 16
14 14
f/L
=
12 12
1/
f/L
30
f/L
0
=
1/
=
1/3
50
10 00 10
0
f/L
3
=
1/5
8 00 8
NSV0_00019
NSV0_00020
6 6
4 4
2,00 2,50 (m) 3,00 2,00 2,50 (m) 3,00
Fixing interval L Fixing interval L
3m
3m
NSV0_01457
NSV0_01458
Pendant fixing using CD-BA Underfloor mounting with CD-BUF

NSV0_00024
NSV0_00023
3m
3m
3/16 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Arrangement of luminaires
The numbers, e.g. $, indicate the corresponding position of the
luminaires in the table below.
Single lamp Three lamps
L1
L1 L2
L2 L3
L3 N
N
X X
NSV0_00025
NSV0_00030
X X
X X X
X X
$ = Single lamp, non-compensated, p.f. = 0.5 * = Three lamps, alternately series-compensated
L1
L1 L2
L3 L3
L2 N
N
X
NSV0_00026
NSV0_00031
X
X X X
X
% = Single lamp, parallel-compensated, p.f. = 0.9 + = Three lamps, non-compensated
L1
L2
L3
N
X X X X X X
NSV0_00027
& = Single lamp, alternately series-compensated, p.f. = 0.1

Two lamps
L1
L2
L3
N
X X X
NSV0_00028
X X X
( = Two lamps, non-compensated
L1
L3
L2
N
X X X
NSV0_00029
X X X
) = Two lamps, duo circuit, p.f. = 1
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 3/17

© Siemens AG 2007
Connectable luminaires without consideration of voltage drop
Connectable luminaires with protection by miniature circuit breaker
Lamp voltage at 16 A at 20 A at 25 A at 32 A
per luminaire
(linear fluorescent
lamp)
Arrange- Rated Length of Units/ Total length Units/ Total length Units/pha Total length Units/ Total length
ment of current light phase for connec- phase for connec- se for connec- phase for connec-
lumi- with fixture tion to 3 tion to 3 tion to 3 tion to 3
naires reactor phases phases phases phases
A m, approx. m, approx. m, approx. m, approx. m, approx.
1 × 36 W 0.44 1.25 33 128 42 163 52 202 66 248

1 × 58 W 0.70 1.55 20 96 25 120 32 153 40 186
Non-compensated, $
single-phase
1 × 36 W 0.25 1.25 30 117 37 144 47 183 59 222

1 × 58 W 0.40 1.55 19 91 24 115 30 144 37 173
Parallel-compensated, %
single-phase
1 × 36 W 0.23 1.25 48 187 60 234 75 292 96 360

1 × 58 W 0.35 1.55 32 153 40 192 50 240 64 298
Alternately &
compensated,
3 single-phase
2 × 36 W 0.88 1.25 16 62 21 81 26 101 41 124

2 × 58 W 1.40 1.55 10 48 12 57 16 76 20 93
Non-compensated, (
single-phase
2 × 36 W 0.46 1.25 24 93 30 117 37 144 47 177

2 × 58 W 0.71 1.55 16 76 20 96 25 120 32 149
Duo circuit, )
single-phase
3 × 36 W 0.23 1.25 48 62 60 78 75 97 96 125

3 × 58 W 0.35 1.55 32 51 40 64 50 80 64 103
Alternately *
compensated,
three-phase
3 × 36 W 0.44 1.25 33 42 42 54 52 67 66 86
3 × 58 W 0.70 1.55 20 32 25 40 32 51 40 64
Non-compensated, +
three-phase
3/18 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Connectable luminaires with protection by gL melting fuses

Lamp voltage at 16 A at 20 A at 25 A at 35 A
per luminaire
(linear fluorescent
lamp)
Arrange- Rated Length of Units/pha Total length Units/ Total length Units/ Total length Units/ Total length
ment of current light se for connec- phase for connec- phase for connec- phase for connec-
lumi- with fixture tion to 3 tion to 3 tion to 3 tion to 3
naires reactor phases phases phases phases
A m, approx. m, approx. m, approx. m, approx. m, approx.
1 × 36 W 0.44 1.25 33 128 42 163 52 202 72 280

1 × 58 W 0.70 1.55 20 96 25 120 32 153 44 211
Non-compensated, $
single-phase
1 × 36 W 0.25 1.25 36 140 44 171 60 234 90 351

1 × 58 W 0.40 1.55 23 110 28 134 38 182 56 268
Parallel-compensated, %
single-phase
1 × 36 W 0.23 1.25 48 187 60 234 75 292 105 409

1 × 58 W 0.35 1.55 32 153 40 192 50 240 70 336
Alternately &
compensated,
single-phase
2 × 36 W 0.88 1.25 16 62 21 81 26 101 36 140

3
2 × 58 W 1.40 1.55 10 48 12 57 16 76 22 105
Non-compensated, (
single-phase
2 × 36 W 0.46 1.25 24 93 30 117 37 144 51 198

2 × 58 W 0.71 1.55 16 76 20 96 25 120 35 168
Duo circuit, )
single-phase
3 × 36 W 0.23 1.25 48 62 60 78 75 97 105 136

3 × 58 W 0.35 1.55 32 51 40 64 50 80 70 112
Alternately *
compensated,
three-phase
3 × 36 W 0.44 1.25 33 42 42 54 52 67 72 93
3 × 58 W 0.70 1.55 20 32 25 40 32 51 44 64
Non-compensated, +
three-phase
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 3/19

© Siemens AG 2007
■ Function
Short-circuit protection
The lengths of the CD busbar lines given in the guide value To determine the precise length of the busbar line, voltage drops
tables on page 3/18 and 3/19 take into account only the rated and short-circuit protection must be taken into account.
current of the connectable luminaires.
inc.
z inc. CD
z CD
NSV0_00032
Protective device
Incoming cable CD system
Luminaire
x
Tap-off with cable
1mm 2 or 1,5mm 2
Voltage drop ∆U
According to the technical literature, the voltage drop should lie
between 3 % and 5 % when the load is evenly split in light networks.
∆U(V)
∆U(%) = × 100 %
Ue(V)
3 with ∆U(V) according to page 3/21

Fault protection according to DIN VDE 0100 Part 410
Calculation of the current resulting in automatic interruption, taking
into account the incoming supply cable and the outgoing circuit.
Uo Uo Uo
Ia = = (A) = (A)
Zs ZSource + ZInc + ZCD + ZOut ZSource + ZInc×lInc + ZCD×lCD + ZOut×lOut
with
Ia = Current resulting in automatic interruption (A) The admissible opening delay is as specified in DIN VDE 0100
Uo = Voltages to earth (V) Part 430:
Zs = Fault loop impedance. Can be measured, (Ω) 2
calculated or determined using the network
model.
t= (115 ×
S
Ia ) (s)
ZSource = Source impedance (Ω)
lInc = Single length of incoming supply cable (m) with
lCD = Single length of CD system (m) t = Admissible opening delay (s)
lOut = Length of outgoing circuit (m) S = Smallest conductor cross-section to be (mm2)
protected (outgoing circuit) 1 mm2 or 1.5 mm2
ZInc = Loop impedance of incoming supply cable (Ω/m)
Ia = Current according to above calculation (A)
ZCD = Loop impedance of CD system (Ω/m)
ZOut = Loop impedance of outgoing circuit (Ω/m) The total break time of the selected protective device must not
exceed the determined admissible opening delay and must not
For example: be greater than 5 s.
ZInc = 22 × 10-3 Ω/m at 2.5 mm2
ZCD = 8.25 × 10-3 Ω/m at CD 30 A
5.67 × 10-3 Ω/m at CD 40 A
7.51 × 10-3 Ω/m at CD 2 × 25 A
ZOut = 54 × 10-3 Ω/m at 1 mm2
36 × 10-3 Ω/m at 1.5 mm2
Provided that the protective device is positioned immediately

upstream of the CD system feeder unit, ZInc can be ignored.
3/20 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Short-circuit protection alone Voltage drop
A system can be protected against start circuit alone, by fitting Voltage drop at rated current
low-voltage LV HRC fuses (gL) into the incoming supply; the fuse
size to be appropriate for the prospective short-circuit current at (Load distribution factor a = 0.5 for lighting systems)
the place of installation. Three-phase current (3 ~), alternating current (~)
System Protective device per circuit

20
Icf = 25 kA1)
CD-K-130. NH00 32 gL
U (V/100 m)
CD-K-140. (-240.) NH00 40 gL 18 )
(~
CD-K-225. NH00 25 gL A
30
1) Icf = rated conditional short-circuit current of the busbar trunking system 16
and its outgoing circuits when protected by fuses ~)
(3
Overcurrent protective devices for overload and short-circuit 30A
14 ~)
protection A(
40 3~)
Due to their high response threshold (1.3 to 1.6 times rated current) A(
12 40 )
and their long rupturing times at small overcurrents, fuses are (~
A
not suitable for overload protection. 25
)
3~
For protecting the CD busbar trunking system and its outgoing 10 A(
25
circuits, we recommend miniature circuit breakers or motor-
protective circuit breakers.
8
System Protective device per circuit
Icc = 15 kA1)
3
Icc = 20 kA Icc = 25 kA 6
CD-K-130. 5SY4 332-6 5SY8 332-7 PKZ 2/ZM-32-8
CD-K-140. (-240.) 5SY4 340-6 5SY8 340-7 PKZ 2/ZM-40-8
4
NSV0_00033
CD-K-225. 5SY4 325-6 5SY8 325-7 PKZ 2/ZM-25-8
1) Icf = rated conditional short-circuit current of the busbar trunking system
and its outgoing circuits when protected by circuit breakers 2
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0
Temperature characteristic of CD systems p. f.
Rated current (%) Calculation of the voltage drop

NSV0_00034
For long busbar lines, it may be necessary to calculate the

130 voltage drop.
120
Alternating current:
110
100 ∆U = a×I×2l×(R×p.f. + X×sin ϕ)×10–3 (V)
90
80 Three-phase current:
70
∆U = a×冪3×I×l×(R×p.f. + X×sin ϕ)×10–3 (V)
-5 +5 +15 +25 +35 +45 +55 +65
with
Ambient temperature °C
(average over 24 h) ∆U = Voltage drop (V)
I = Load current (A)
l = Length (m)
a = Load distribution factor see Table
R = Ohmic resistance R20 (mΩ/m)
X = Inductive resistance X20 (mΩ/m)
p.f. = Power factor
Factor a used in the equation for calculating the voltage drop is

dependent on the load distribution.
Load distribution Factor a
A Infeed at A,
one tap-off unit at B 1
B
Infeed at A,
A
B C D E
tap-off units at B, C, D, E 0.5
A B Infeed at A, B,
tap-off units at C, D, E, F 0.25
C D E F
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 3/21

© Siemens AG 2007
■ Dimensional drawings
Trunking units
CD-K-1302-3 CD-K-2254-2 CD-K-1402-3 CD-K-2404-2
CD-K-1303-3 CD-K-2254-3 CD-K-1403-3 CD-K-2404-3
CD-K-1304-2 CD-K-2254/2-2 CD-K-1404-2 CD-K-2404/2-2
CD-K-1304-3 CD-K-2254/2-3 CD-K-1404-3 CD-K-2404/2-3
30 2000/3000 Length Number of

m tap-off points
2 2 or 3
42
3 3, 5 or 10
500 1000
NSV0_00218
500 500
Feeder units
CD-K-1304-EE CD-K-1304-EA
3
66
66
99 130
130 99
M25, M32
NSV0_00219
85
NSV0_00220
M25, M32
Tap-off plugs
CD-K-A3O-0 CD-K-A5O-0 CD-K-A3SO-1 CD-K-A5SO-1
CD-K-A3M-0 CD-K-A5M-0 CD-K-A3SO-3 CD-K-A5SO-3
CD-K-A3M-1 CD-K-A3SO-4
CD-K-A3M-3
59 53 72
48
40
L2 NSV0_00234
L3
42
59
N
L1
NSV0_00221
189
53
3/22 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007

Accessories
End flanges Cable clips
CD-EF CD-CL
58 37
NSV0_00228
20
34
42
30 10
36
NSV0_00227
30
22
Coding sets
CD-K1 CD-K2 CD-K3
8,5
NSV0_00230
NSV0_00229
NSV0_00231
9,7
34
26,7
26,7
18,2 18,2
3
36,4
9,7
7,3
Accessories for IP55

CD-FAS
43,5
NSV0_00233
60 10°
31,5
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 3/23

© Siemens AG 2007
Fixing brackets, snap-on Suspension brackets

CD-BAC CD-BA
29,8 20
76
42,3
NSV0_00224
15,2
26,6
NSV0 01456
32 200
1,5 6
Ø8,4
Shoulder permitted
Fixing brackets, snap-on Fixing brackets for underfloor mounting

CD-BC CD-BUF
13 11 11,5 23
5
R
3
11
14
44
47
3
74
5
1,
5,3
1,5
R
20 8,5 15,5 15,5 3,4

12
26 25 48
68
34 7x9
17
6,4
15
NSV0_00225
NSV0_00226
85
3/24 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System – 40 ... 160 A
Introduction
4/2 Overview
4/3 Benefits
4/3 Design
4/6 Accessories
General data
Trunking units
Junction units
Feeder units
Tap-off units for international use

Ancillary equipment units for

international use
Tap-off units and ancillary

equipment units for Belgium
Tap-off units and ancillary

equipment units for Denmark
Tap-off units for France

Tap-off units for the

United Kingdom
Tap-off units for Switzerland

Accessories
4/29 Overview
4/30 Design
4/32 Function

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Introduction
■ Overview
4 5
3
NSV0_00041
1 Trunking unit
4 2 Junction unit
3 Feeder unit
4 Tap-off unit
5 Ancillary equipment unit
6 Accessories
4 Version Feeder units

Type-tested low-voltage controlgear combination (TTA) • Universal infeed
according to Tap-off units
• IEC/EN 60439-1 • Up to 63 A
• IEC/EN 60439-2 • With built-in parts or for customized device installation
Degree of protection • For 3, 4 or 8 modular widths (MW)
• High degree of protection IP54 with tap-off points at sides and • Without or with device installation unit
bottom
Ancillary equipment units
• Degree of protection IP50 with tap-off points at the top
• For 4 or 8 modular widths (MW)
• Degree of protection increase to IP55 with accessories
• Without or with device installation unit
Components • Without or with socket assembly
Trunking units Accessories
• 5-wire system • Mounting sets for degree of protection IP55
• 2 or 3 tap-off points spaced 1 m apart • Fixing and suspending
• 4 or 6 tap-off points spaced 0.5 m apart • Coding sets
• Lengths of 2 m and 3 m • Fire barrier kit S90
Junction units
• Flexible change of direction
4/2 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Introduction
■ Benefits Connections
7 Flexible power supply

7 Easy and quick planning
7 Time-saving mounting NSV0_000
45
7 Reliable mechanical and electrical connection
7 High stability, low weight
7 Few basic modules required
7 Storage-friendly system
7 Variable changes of direction
7 Versatile tap-off units
7 Positive opening and closing of tap-off points Assembly of the trunking units, also with end flanges and feeder
units, is fast and inherently secure. The trunking unit or end
7 Accessories for increasing the degree of protection to IP55 for flange is simply inserted in the lower enclosure of the joint block.
extreme environmental conditions Once the upper part of the joint block or feeder unit is fitted, a
secure connection is established by tightening four screws. The
■ Design PE path is established automatically when the enclosures are
connected.
Trunking units
An expansion compensation mechanism is built into the joint
block.
End flanges
NSV0_00042
NSV0_00046
Trunking units are available in 2 m and 3 m lengths. They consist
of a galvanized metal enclosure with a light gray (RAL 7035)
painted finish. They are equipped with 4 busbars for L1, L2, L3
and N (aluminum conductors; copper for 160 A; silver-plated
copper pick-up and connection contacts). The end flanges provide touch protection against direct contact
at the ends of the busbar line. They are suitable for use with all
The enclosure of the trunking unit also serves as PE conductor. systems. Two end flanges are supplied as standard with each
4
Five levels of current are available in only one frame size: feeder unit.
40 A, 63 A, 100 A, 125 A and 160 A. Junction units
The tap-off points are spaced at regular intervals of 0.5 m or 1 m
on one side. The 2 m lengths have two or four tap-off points, the
3 m lengths three or six.
NSV0_00047
L1
L2
L3
NSV0_00043
PE The junction units, which consist of flexible conducting paths,

are available in versions for 100 A and 160 A, each in 0.5 m and
1 m lengths.
The tap-off points are finger-safe. They are opened automatically The flexible junction units enable the direction of the busbar line
by the tap-off units and close by themselves when the tap-off to be changed as required. The 0.5 m version is recommended
units are removed. for right angles, the 1 m version for bypassing obstacles or for
coping with jumps in height.
NSV0_00044
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 4/3

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Introduction
Feeder units Insulated tap-off units
Common features
• Molded-plastic enclosure
• Partially transparent cover for protective devices
• Power pick-up through silver-plated horseshoe contacts
• Reliable prevention of incorrect mounting
NSV0_00048
• Cable entry is from one side only (use plastic cable glands
with strain relief, not included in scope of supply).
• The tap-off unit must first be removed from the trunking before
it can be opened and the cable can be connected.
There is one version each for 100 A and 160 A. • The connection cable should be supported separately if
necessary.
The feeder unit can be used as:
Tap-off units with components fitted
• Entry feeder unit
• One size for 1 cylinder fuse (10 × 38 mm), phase assignment
L1, L2 or L3 freely selectable
• One size for 3 cylinder fuses (10 × 38 mm)
• One size with 3 MW (1 MW = 18 mm; MW = modular width)
NSV0_000
49 There are various versions with fuse bases, miniature circuit
breakers, Schuko and CEE socket outlets up to and including
32 A.
• End feeder unit
2
05
00
V0_
NS
NSV0_00050
BD01-AK01X/ZS
4 • Center feeder unit
3
05
00
V 0_
NSV0_0
0051 NS
BD01-AK02X/ZS3
Two end flanges are included in the scope of supply with each
unit.
M32, M40 and M50 cable entries are possible from four sides.
For 160 A, an M63 cable entry can be fitted in a side. Plastic 00
54
_0
cable glands with strain relief must be used (not included in NS
V0
scope of supply).
BD01-AK02M0/CEE165A163
4/4 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Introduction
Tap-off units for free assignment Tap-off units for free assignment
• One size with 3 MW; can be operated from outside through • Two sizes with 4 MW and 8 MW
hinge switch incorporated in cover (1 MW = 18 mm; MW = (1 MW = 18 mm; MW = modular width)
modular width). • With or without component mounting unit for external operation
• Installation of devices (e.g. miniature circuit breakers) according (two sizes with 4 MW and 8 MW respectively)
to DIN 43871 possible up to and including 32 A. • Installation of devices (e.g. miniature circuit breakers) according
to DIN 43871 possible up to and including 63 A
NSV0_00055
NSV0_00057
BD01-AK02M0/F
Aluminum tap-off units BD01-AK1M1/A161
Common features Ancillary equipment units

• The enclosure is made from aluminum and insulating material Common features
at both ends. • The enclosure is made from aluminum and insulating material
• A standard mounting rail is built-in for component mounting. at both ends.
• Power pick-up through silver-plated horseshoe contacts • Cable entry is possible from four directions (use plastic cable
• The isolator built into the tap-off unit ensures that the tap-off glands with strain relief; not included in scope of supply).
unit is voltage-free when the cover is open. • The connection cable should be supported separately if
• The tap-off unit can only be fitted to or removed from the tap- necessary.
off point with its cover open (contacts retracted). • Can be combined with tap-off or feeder units
• Reliable prevention of incorrect mounting • A standard mounting rail is built-in for component mounting.
• Cable entry is possible from three directions (use plastic cable • Two sizes with 4 MW and 8 MW
glands with strain relief; not included in scope of supply). (1 MW = 18 mm; MW = modular width)
• Can be combined with ancillary equipment units for additional • Without or with Schuko or CEE socket outlets
functions. • With or without component mounting unit for external
• The connection cables should be supported separately if operation (two sizes with 4 MW and 8 MW respectively)
necessary. • Installation of devices (e.g. fuse bases) according to
Tap-off units with components fitted
• Two sizes with 4 MW or 8 MW (1 MW = 18 mm; MW = modular
DIN 43871 possible up to and including 35 A
4
width)
• Various versions with fuse bases, miniature circuit breakers up
to and including 63 A, with Schuko and CEE socket outlets up
to and including 32 A
NSV0_00058
• Versions with fitted miniature circuit breaker have a

component mounting unit.
BD01-GK2X/F
NSV0_00056
NSV0_00059
BD01-GK2X/2SD163CEE165
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 4/5

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Introduction
■ Accessories
Accessories for IP55 With mounting position at the side, the higher degree of protection
is achieved by means of additional seals and an edge protector
Trunking units at the sides of the feeder unit. When the feeder unit is installed
The higher degree of protection is achieved by means of at the end of a busbar line, just one seal and one edge protector
additional seals and a flange at the tap-off point or connection are needed.
point.
NSV0_
00974
Mounting position at the side: 2 × BD01-KS

NSV0_
00971
Tap-off point: BD01-FAS
NSV0_
00975
Mounting position at the side and end of a busbar line: BD01-KS

Tap-off units
The higher degree of protection is achieved by means of additional
NSV0_
00972
seals and an edge protector at the sides of the tap-off unit.
4 Connection point: BD01-FS NSV0_

00976
Feeder units
With mounting position at the bottom, the higher degree of
protection is achieved by means of additional seals and a flange
at the connection point.
BD01-AK01X-IP55, BD01-AK02X-IP55
NSV0_
00977
NSV0_
00973
Mounting position at the bottom: BD01-FES
4/6 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Introduction
Mounting Fixing brackets
Universal fixing brackets The fixing brackets can be used for wall, ceiling and suspension
mounting of the system. They can be fitted at any point of the
The universal fixing brackets can be used for wall and ceiling trunking unit. The maximum fixing interval at normal mechanical
mounting. The maximum fixing interval at normal mechanical loads is 3 m for edgewise and 1.5 m for flat mounting.
loads is 3 m for edgewise and 1.5 m for flat mounting.
At higher mechanical loads (e.g.pulling of plugs), an
At higher mechanical loads (e.g. pulling of plugs), an intermediate support with an additional fixing bracket at the
intermediate support with an additional fixing bracket at the trunking unit is recommended.
trunking unit is recommended.
Once the fixing point is decided, the tabs on the fixing bracket
are pushed in to fix the busbar line.
NSV0_00062
NSV0_00060
BD01-BA
BD01-B
Suspension brackets
These fixing brackets can be used for suspension of flat-mounted
trunking units. Also they can be fastened at the connection
points in order to increase the mechanical rigidity of the trunking
units.
NSV0_00061
4
BD01-BAP
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 4/7

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Introduction
Coding Fire barriers
The systems can be coded for different frequencies or voltages. If the busbar system is routed through a fire wall or ceiling,
For this purpose, the BD01-K coding set can be fitted by the user a fire barrier must be fitted. Depending on the customer's
to the installed system at each tap-off point. Four coding requirements, Siemens offers fire barriers with a fire resistance
positions are possible. rating of S90 (see page 4/28).
Factory-fitted equipment:
• External fire barrier as kit for mounting by the customer
Mineral mortar or fire barrier material to seal any gaps between the
busbar trunking element and the component must be provided
by the customer.
NSV0_000
63
NSV0_01459
Coding on the tap-off point
Tap-off units can be coded on site by adapting the front face.
BD01-S90 fire barrier
The approval papers for Germany must be ordered separately:
• BD01-S90-ZUL-D fire barrier approval kit
(certificate of approval, wall-mounted signs and
declaration of conformity)
NSV0_00064
Coding on the tap-off unit

Sealing
Every tap-off point on the trunking unit can be sealed.
Feeder, junction, tap-off and ancillary equipment units can be
4 made sealable with additional components (please enquire).

Cable glands
For the feeder, tap-off and ancillary equipment units, use plastic
cable glands with strain relief (not included in scope of supply).
Terminals
We recommend the use of Weidmüller or Phoenix screw
terminals for the N and PE conductor connections in
tap-off and ancillary equipment units.
4/8 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
General data
General technical specifications
Type BD01-...
Ambient temperature, min./max. °C -5/+40
Degree of protection according to IEC/EN 60529
• Edgewise; tap-off points at the side IP54, increase to IP55 with accessories
• Flat; tap-off points at the bottom IP54, increase to IP55 with accessories
• Flat; tap-off points at the top IP50, increase to IP55 with accessories
Material
• Trunking units Galvanized, painted sheet steel
• Busbars Al or Cu
• Pick-up and connection contacts Cu, silver-plated
Mounting position Edgewise or flat
Overload and short-circuit protection

Busbar trunking systems must be protected against overload corresponding with the ambient conditions is not exceeded.
and short circuits. Fuses and miniature circuit breakers must be For overload and short-circuit protection, we recommend the
selected so that the admissible current carrying capacity use of motor-protective or standard circuit breakers.
Tap-off units
Type BD01-AK...
Version 3- or 5-pole
Rated current Ie A 63
Switching capacity of the built-in switch-
disconnector according to IEC/EN 60947-3
at 400 V
• Utilization category AC-20B
Feeder and tap-off units, conductor cross-sections

Version Type L1, L2, L3 N PE
min. max. min. max. min. max.
4
Feeder units BD01-E 6 (so, st) 50 (st) 6 (so, st) 50 (st) 6 (so, st) 50 (st)
BD01-160-E 25 (st) 95 (st) 25 (st) 95 (st) 16 (st) 50 (st)
Tap-off units BD01-AK01X/ZS 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st)
BD01-AK02X/ZS3 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st)
BD01-AK02M0/A163 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st)
BD01-AK02M0/A323 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st)
BD01-AK1M1/A101 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (so, f) 2.5 (so, f) 0.75 (so, f) 2.5 (so, f)
BD01-AK1M1/A... 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so)
BD01-AK1M1/A...N 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so)
BD01-AK1X/S14 0.5 (f, st) 4 (so) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so)
BD01-AK1X/S18 0.5 (f, st) 16 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so)
BD01-AK1X/GB... 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so)
BD01-AK2X/F1451 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so)
BD01-AK2X/S27 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so)
BD01-AK2HX/S33 1.5 (f, st) 25 (f, st) 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so, st)
f = finely stranded with end sleeve, so = solid, st = stranded
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 4/9

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
General data
Trunking units
Type BD01-40 BD01-63 BD01-100 BD01-125 BD01-160
Conducting paths
Rated insulation voltage Ui V AC/DC 400/400 400/400 400/400 400/400 400/400
Overvoltage category/degree of pollution III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 400 400 400 400 400
Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60
Rated current Ie Ⳏ conventional thermal current A 40 63 100 125 160
• Resistance R20 mΩ/m 3.960 1.936 0.938 0.910 0.578
• Reactance X20 mΩ/m 0.280 0.324 0.286 0.300 0.273
• Impedance Z20 mΩ/m 3.970 1.968 0.994 1.000 0.642
• AC resistance RF mΩ/m 5.991 4.128 2.841 2.420 2.189
• Reactance XF mΩ/m 1.396 1.248 1.186 0.940 0.973
• Impedance ZF mΩ/m 6.151 4.312 3.078 2.600 2.395
• Resistance R0 Phase to N mΩ/m 15.904 7.911 4.115 3.810 3.167
• Reactance X0 Phase to N mΩ/m 2.128 2.058 1.797 1.630 1.656
• Impedance Z0 Phase to N mΩ/m 16.045 8.175 4.490 4.140 3.574
• Resistance R0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 10.086 8.565 6.648 5.430 5.343
• Reactance X0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 2.909 3.338 3.067 2.320 2.355
• Impedance Z0 Phase to PE mΩ/m 10.498 9.183 7.322 5.910 5.839
Rated impulse withstand current Ipk kA 2.55 6.30 15.30 15.30 15.30
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (t = 1 s) kA 0.58 1.15 2.50 2.50 2.50
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (t = 0.1 s) kA 1.70 4.20 9.00 9.00 9.00
Conductors
Number of active conductors 4 4 4 4 4
• L1, L2, L3 mm2 7.9 15.7 34.1 34.1 34.1
•N mm2 7.9 15.7 34.1 34.1 34.1
4
• PE (enclosure) Ⳏ Cu mm2 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0
Conductor material Al Al Al Al Cu
Fire load kWh/m 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76 0.76
Max. thermal load, I2t value A2s × 106 0.29 1.76 8.10 8.10 8.10
Max. fixing intervals m
• Edgewise m 3 3 3 3 3
• Flat m 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
• Flat with BD01-BAP m 3 3 3 3 3
4/10 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Trunking units

Version Rated Length Tap-off points DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
current per unit
Number Distance approx.
A m m kg
Trunking units 40 3 6 0.5 A BD01-40-3-0.5 BVP:034253 1 unit 4.350
Sheet-steel enclosure, 3 1 A BD01-40-3-1 BVP:233551 1 unit 4.350
color similar to RAL 7035 (light gray),
codable tap-off points 2 4 0.5 A BD01-40-2-0.5 BVP:034254 1 unit 3.000
2 1 A BD01-40-2-1 BVP:233552 1 unit 3.000
63 3 6 0.5 A BD01-63-3-0.5 BVP:034255 1 unit 4.600
3 1 A BD01-63-3-1 BVP:233553 1 unit 4.600
NSV0_00241 2 4 0.5 A BD01-63-2-0.5 BVP:034256 1 unit 3.200
2 1 A BD01-63-2-1 BVP:233555 1 unit 3.200
100 3 6 0.5 A BD01-100-3-0.5 BVP:034257 1 unit 5.200
3 1 A BD01-100-3-1 BVP:233556 1 unit 5.200
2 4 0.5 A BD01-100-2-0.5 BVP:034258 1 unit 3.600
2 1 A BD01-100-2-1 BVP:233557 1 unit 3.600
125 3 6 0.5 A BD01-125-3-0.5 BVP:090163 1 unit 5.200
3 1 A BD01-125-3-1 BVP:233559 1 unit 5.200
2 4 0.5 A BD01-125-2-0.5 BVP:090161 1 unit 3.600
2 1 A BD01-125-2-1 BVP:233560 1 unit 3.600
160 3 6 0.5 A BD01-160-3-0.5 BVP:090164 1 unit 8.000
3 1 A BD01-160-3-1 BVP:233563 1 unit 8.000
2 4 0.5 A BD01-160-2-0.5 BVP:090162 1 unit 5.400
2 1 A BD01-160-2-1 BVP:233567 1 unit 5.400
© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

Junction units
Feeder units

Version Rated current Length DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
per unit
approx.
A m kg
Junction units
Flexible junction units 100 0.5 A BD01-R1 BVP:034260 1 unit 1.200
1 A BD01-R2 BVP:034261 1 unit 2.050
NSV0_00274
160 0.5 A BD01-160-R1 BVP:090166 1 unit 1.750

1 A BD01-160-R2 BVP:090167 1 unit 3.050
Version Rated current Conductor DT Type Order No. PS* Weight

cross-section per unit
approx.
A mm2 kg
Feeder units
Molded-plastic enclosure, with 2 end flanges
Can be fitted at all joint blocks and
the busbar line ends,
can be combined with BD01-GK... ancillary equipment units
• 6 cable entries from 4 sides 100 501) A BD01-E BVP:034259 1 unit 1.000
NSV0_00242
• Cable entry from 2 sides 160 952) A BD01-160-E BVP:090165 1 unit 1.400
NSV0_00243
Use plastic cable glands with strain relief

(not included in scope of supply).
4 1) Use M32, M40 or M50 cable glands.

2) Use M63 cable glands.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

Version Rated current Rated DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
operational per unit
voltage approx.
A V kg
Tap-off units, molded plastic, size 01
With fuse base 16 400 A BD01-AK01X/ZS BVP:087483 1 unit 0.300
for 1 cylinder fuse 10 mm × 38 mm
NSV0_00244
Tap-off units, molded plastic, size 02

With fuse base 32 400 A BD01-AK02X/ZS3 BVP:085090 1 unit 0.400
for 3 cylinder fuses 10 mm × 38 mm
NSV0_00245
Tap-off units, molded plastic, size 02, with component mounting unit
With 3-pole miniature circuit breaker 16 A,
characteristic B
• Without socket outlet 16 400 A BD01-AK02M0/A163 BVP:085089 1 unit 0.800
NSV0_00246
• With 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 5-pole 16 400 A BD01-AK02M0/ BVP:085092 1 unit 0.980
CEE165A163
NSV0_00247
With 3-pole miniature circuit breaker 32 A, 32 400 A BD01-AK02M0/A323 BVP:085094 1 unit 0.800
characteristic C
4
NSV0_00246
Fuse links are not included in scope of supply.

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

voltage approx.
A V kg
Tap-off units, insulating material, size 02, with component mounting unit
characteristic B
• With 2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 16 230 A BD01-AK02M0/ BVP:085096 1 unit 0.700
2SD163A161
NSV0_00248
CEE163A161
NSV0_00247
• With 2-pole RCCB 16 A/30 mA 16 230 A BD01-AK02M0/ BVP:090168 1 unit 0.950

and with 2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 2SD163FIA161
NSV0_00248
With 1-pole fuse base D01

• With 2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 16 230 A BD01-AK02M0/ BVP:085095 1 unit 0.800
2SD163S14
NSV0_00248
CEE163S14
NSV0_00247
4 Freely assignable (Pv max. 13 W),

3 MW (MW = modular width),
32 400 A BD01-AK02M0/F BVP:085093 1 unit 0.500
with integrated standard mounting rail

NSV0_00246
Gauge ring/gauge screw, fuse links and

screw cap are not included in scope of supply.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

voltage approx.
A V kg
Tap-off units, aluminum, size 1
With 1-pole fuse base D01
• With 2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 16 230 A BD01-AK1X/ BVP:034268 1 unit 1.400
2SD163S14
NSV0_00250
• With 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 3-pole 16 230 A BD01-AK1X/ BVP:034270 1 unit 1.380
CEE163S14
NSV0_00251
With 3-pole fuse base 3 × D01 16 400 A BD01-AK1X/S14 BVP:034264 1 unit 1.400
NSV0_00249
With 3-pole fuse base 3 × D02 35 400 A BD01-AK1X/S18 BVP:034265 1 unit 1.400
NSV0_00249

characteristic B
• With 2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 16 230 A BD01-AK1X/ BVP:034269 1 unit 1.470
2SD163A161
4
NSV0_00250
• With 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 3-pole 16 230 A BD01-AK1X/ BVP:034271 1 unit 1.435
CEE163A161
NSV0_00251
Freely assignable (Pv max. 13 W), 35 400 A BD01-AK1X/F BVP:034272 1 unit 1.000
NSV0_00249

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

voltage approx.
A V kg
Tap-off units, aluminum, size 1, with component mounting unit
With 3 ×1-pole miniature circuit breaker 10 A, 10 400 A BD01-AK1M1/A101 BVP:203098 1 unit 1.600
characteristic B
NSV0_00252
With 3 ×1-pole miniature circuit breaker 16 A, 16 400 A BD01-AK1M1/A161 BVP:034266 1 unit 1.600
characteristic B
NSV0_00252
With 3-pole miniature circuit breaker 32 A, 32 400 A BD01-AK1M1/A323 BVP:034267 1 unit 1.600
characteristic C
NSV0_00252
Freely assignable (Pv max. 13 W), 35 400 A BD01-AK1M1/F BVP:034273 1 unit 1.000
NSV0_00253

4 (not included in scope of supply).
© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

voltage approx.
A V kg
With 3-pole fuse base S27/S33
NSV0_00254
• With 3-pole fuse base S27, gauge screw system 25 400 A BD01-AK2X/S27 BVP:034274 1 unit 1.700
• With 3-pole fuse base S33, gauge screw system 63 400 A BD01-AK2HX/S33 BVP:233568 1 unit 1.700
With 2 × 1-pole fuse base D01 16 230 A BD01-AK2X/ BVP:034277 1 unit 2.000
and with 4 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 4SD163S14
NSV0_00255
and with 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 5-pole CEE165S14
NSV0_00256
and with 1 CEE socket outlet 32 A, 5-pole CEE325S18
NSV0_00256
4
With 2 × 1-pole miniature circuit breaker 16 A, 16 230 A BD01-AK2X/ BVP:034278 1 unit 2.100
characteristic B, 4SD163A161
and with 4 Schuko socket outlets 16 A
NSV0_00255
Freely assignable, 8 MW
(MW = modular width),
NSV0_00254
• Freely assignable (Pv max. 16 W) 35 400 A BD01-AK2X/F BVP:034283 1 unit 1.300

• Freely assignable (Pv max. 22.5 W) 63 400 A BD01-AK2HX/F BVP:233570 1 unit 1.300

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

voltage approx.
A V kg
With 1-pole miniature circuit breaker 16 A, 16 230 A BD01-AK2M1/ BVP:034276 1 unit 2.000
characteristic B, 2SD163FIA161
with 2-pole RCCB 16 A/30 mA
and with 2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A
NSV0_00257
characteristic C, CEE165A163
and with 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 5-pole
NSV0_00258
characteristic C, CEE325A323
and with 1 CEE socket outlet 32 A, 5-pole
NSV0_00258
Freely assignable,
NSV0_00259
4
• Freely assignable (Pv max. 16 W) 35 400 A BD01-AK2M2/F BVP:034284 1 unit 1.360
• Freely assignable (Pv max. 22.5 W) 63 400 A BD01-AK2HM2/F BVP:233571 1 unit 1.360

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Ancillary equipment units for international use

Version Rated DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
voltage approx.
V kg
Ancillary equipment units, aluminum, size 1
Freely assignable (Pv max. 13 W), 400 A BD01-GK1X/F BVP:034285 1 unit 0.800
Can be used for
• Overvoltage protection
• Remote control/remote switching
• Intelligence
• Electronic control equipment
NSV0_00260
With 4 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 400 A BD01-GK1X/4SD163 BVP:034287 1 unit 1.200

NSV0_00261
Ancillary equipment units, size 1, with component mounting unit

Freely assignable (Pv max. 13 W), 400 A BD01-GK1M1/F BVP:034286 1 unit 0.800
Can be used for
• Intelligence
• Component mounting unit for mounting components,
e.g. miniature circuit breakers
NSV0_00262
4
M50 cable grommets and screws for connecting
the enclosure are included in scope of supply with
ancillary equipment units.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

voltage approx.
V kg
Freely assignable (Pv max. 16 W), 400 A BD01-GK2X/F BVP:034288 1 unit 1.100
Can be used for
• Overvoltage protection
• Intelligence
NSV0_00263
With 2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A and 400 A BD01-GK2X/ BVP:034291 1 unit 1.600
1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 5-pole 2SD163CEE165
NSV0_00264
With 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 3-pole, 400 A BD01-GK2X/ BVP:034290 1 unit 1.500
and 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 5-pole CEE163CEE165
NSV0_00265
Ancillary equipment units, size 2, with component mounting unit

Freely assignable (Pv max. 16 W), 400 A BD01-GK2M2/F BVP:034289 1 unit 1.100
4 Can be used for

• Intelligence
• Component mounting unit for mounting components,
e.g. miniature circuit breakers
NSV0_00266

the enclosure are included in scope of supply with
ancillary equipment units.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

Tap-off units and ancillary equipment units
for Belgium

voltage approx.
A V kg
characteristic C
• With 2 socket outlets 16 A 16 230 X BD01-AK1X/ BVP:203115 1 unit 1.620
2PC163A162
NSV0_00250
• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 16 A, 3-pole 16 230 X BD01-AK1X/ BVP:203114 1 unit 1.620
CEE163A162
NSV0_00251

NSV0_00252
With 1-pole miniature circuit breaker 16 A, 16 230 X BD01-AK1M1/A161/1 BVP:203106 1 unit 1.600
characteristic C
With 2-pole miniature circuit breaker 16 A, 16 230 X BD01-AK1M1/A162 BVP:203110 1 unit 1.720
characteristic C
characteristic C
With 3-pole and N pole miniature circuit breaker 16 A, 16 400 X BD01-AK1M1/A163N BVP:203111 1 unit 1.970
characteristic C
characteristic C
4
characteristic C
characteristic C
With 3-pole and N pole miniature circuit breaker 20 A, 20 400 X BD01-AK1M1/A203N BVP:203113 1 unit 1.970
characteristic C
With 2 × 2-pole miniature circuit breaker 16 A, 16 230 X BD01-AK2X/ BVP:203116 1 unit 2.320
characteristic C, 4PC163A162
with 4 socket outlets 16 A
NSV0_00255

Pv max. 13 W, – 400 X BD01-GK1X/4PC163 BVP:203117 1 unit 1.200
NSV0_00261

the enclosure are included in scope of supply
with ancillary equipment units.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

Tap-off units and ancillary equipment units
for Denmark

voltage approx.
A V kg
With 1-pole fuse base D01 13 230 X BD01-AK1X/ BVP:203099 1 unit 1.400
and with 2 socket outlets 10 A 2DKS103S14
NSV0_00250
With 1-pole miniature circuit breaker 13 A, 13 230 X BD01-AK1X/ BVP:203100 1 unit 1.500
characteristic C, and with 2 socket outlets 10 A 2DKS103A131
NSV0_00250

With 2 × 1-pole fuse base D01, 13 230 X BD01-AK2X/ BVP:203102 1 unit 2.000
with 4 socket outlets 10 A 4DKS103S14
NSV0_00255
With 2 × 1-pole miniature circuit breaker 13 A, 13 230 X BD01-AK2X/ BVP:203103 1 unit 2.200
characteristic C, and with 4 socket outlets 10 A 4DKS103A131
NSV0_00255
4 Tap-off units, aluminum, size 2, with component mounting unit

With 1-pole miniature circuit breaker 13 A, characteristic C, 13
with 2-pole RCCB 16 A/30 mA and
230 X BD01-AK2M1/
2DKS103FIA131
BVP:203101 1 unit 2.000
with 2 Schuko socket outlets 10 A

NSV0_00257

Pv max. 13 W, – 400 X BD01-GK1X/4DKS103 BVP:203104 1 unit 1.200
NSV0_00261

Pv max. 16 W, – 400 X BD01-GK2X/ BVP:203105 1 unit 1.600
with 2 socket outlets 10 A and 1 CEE socket outlet, 16 A, 5-pole 2DKS103CEE165
NSV0_00264
Gauge ring/gauge screw, fuse links and screw cap not included Use plastic cable glands with strain relief (not included in scope
in scope of supply with tap-off units. of supply).
M50 cable grommets and screws for connecting the enclosure
are included in scope of supply with ancillary equipment units.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

Version Rated current Rated opera- DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
tional voltage per unit
approx.
A V kg
With 3-pole fuse base SP51, 32 400 X BD01-AK2X/F1451 BVP:203126 1 unit 1.700
for 3 cylinder fuses 14 mm × 51 mm
NSV0_00254

With 2-pole miniature circuit breaker 16 A, characteristic B, 16 230 X BD01-AK2M1/ BVP:214821 1 unit 2.000
with 2-pole RCCB 40 A/30 mA and 2PCUTE16AFI40
with 2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A
NSV0_00257

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Tap-off units for the United Kingdom

voltage approx.
A V kg
With 1-pole fuse base NNS-32
• Without socket outlet 32 230 X BD01-AK1X/GB321 BVP:203119 1 unit 1.100
NSV0_00249
• With 2 socket outlets BS1363 13 A 13 230 X BD01-AK1X/ BVP:203121 1 unit 1.900

2BS133GB131
NSV0_00267
With 3-pole fuse base 3 × NNS-32 32 400 X BD01-AK1X/GB323 BVP:203120 1 unit 1.300
NSV0_00249
With 1-pole miniature circuit breaker 13 A, 13 230 X BD01-AK1X/ BVP:203122 1 unit 1.720
characteristic B and 2BS133A131
with 2 Schuko socket outlets BS1363, 13 A
NSV0_00267

With 3 × 1-pole miniature circuit breaker 32 A, 32 400 X BD01-AK1M1/A321 BVP:203118 1 unit 1.600
4
characteristic C
NSV0_00252

With 3 × 1-pole fuse base NNS-32
NSV0_00256
• With 1 CEE socket outlet 16 A, 5-pole 16 400 X BD01-AK2X/ BVP:203124 1 unit 2.000
CEE165GB163
• With 1 CEE socket outlet 32 A, 5-pole 32 400 X BD01-AK2X/ BVP:203125 1 unit 2.100
CEE325GB323
With 1-pole miniature circuit breaker 13 A, characteristic B, 13 230 X BD01-AK2M1/ BVP:203123 1 unit 2.500
with 2-pole RCCB 16 A/30 mA and BS133FIA131
with 1 Schuko socket outlet BS1363, 13 A
NSV0_00268

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

voltage approx.
A V kg
With miniature circuit breaker,
characteristic C
• 3-pole, 13 A 13 400 X BD01-AK1M1/A133 BVP:611317 1 unit 1.600
NSV0_00252

characteristic C
NSV0_00315
• 3-pole, 40 A 40 400 X BD01-AK2HM2/A403 BVP:611320 1 unit 2.000

• 3-pole, 63 A 63 400 X BD01-AK2HM2/A633 BVP:611321 1 unit 2.000
characteristic C and
2 socket outlets type 23, 16 A, 3-pole
NSV0_00272
4
• 2 × 1-pole, 16 A 16 230 X BD01-AK2M1/ BVP:611310 1 unit 1.900
2T23-2A161
• 1 × 1-pole, 16 A, 16 230 X BD01-AK2M1/ BVP:611311 1 unit 2.100
and 2-pole RCCB, 16 A/30 mA 2T23-FI162-A161
With 3-pole miniature circuit breaker, 16 A, 16 400 X BD01-AK2M1/T25-A163 BVP:611314 1 unit 2.000
characteristic C and
1 socket outlet type 25, 16 A, 5-pole
NSV0_00316

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

voltage approx.
A V kg
with ancillary equipment unit, aluminum, size 1
With 3 × 1-pole miniature circuit breaker 16 A, 16 230 X BD01-AK1M1/GK1X/ BVP:611312 1 unit 2.700
characteristic C and 3T23-3A161
3 socket outlets type 23, 16 A, 3-pole
NSV0_00317

with ancillary equipment unit, aluminum size 1
With 3 × 1-pole miniature circuit breaker 16 A, 16 230 X BD01-AK2M2/GK1X/ BVP:611313 1 unit 3.500
characteristic C and 4-pole RCCB 25 A/30 mA 3T23-FI254-3A161
with 3 socket outlets type 23, 16 A, 3-pole
NSV0_00318
With 3-pole miniature circuit breaker 16 A, 16 400 X BD01-AK2M2/GK1X/ BVP:611315 1 unit 3.500
characteristic C and 4-pole RCCB 25 A/30 mA T25-FI254-A163
with 1 socket outlet type 25, 16 A, 5-pole
NSV0_00319
With 3-pole miniature circuit breaker 63 A, 63 400 X BD01-AK2HM2/GK1X/ BVP:611316 1 unit 2.500
characteristic C and CEE635-A633
4
1 CEE socket outlet 63 A, 5-pole
NSV0_00320

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Accessories

Version DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
per unit
approx.
kg
For tap-off points A BD01-FAS BVP:610363 5 units 0.100
NSV0_00978
For connection points A BD01-FS BVP:610362 5 units 0.150
NSV0_
00979
For feeder units

• Mounting position at the bottom A BD01-FES BVP:610364 1 unit 0.150
NSV0_
00980
• Mounting position at the side or top A BD01-KS BVP:611057 1 unit 0.030
NSV0_00981
For tap-off units

• Size 01X, 02X Size 01 A BD01-AK01X-IP55 BVP:610365 1 unit 0.050
Size 02 A BD01-AK02X-IP55 BVP:610366 1 unit 0.050
4
NSV0_
00982
• Size 1X, 2X Size 1 A BD01-AK1X-IP55 BVP:610367 1 unit 0.050

Size 2 A BD01-AK2X-IP55 BVP:610368 1 unit 0.050
NSV0_00983
© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Accessories

current Ie per unit
approx.
A kg
Fixing
Universal fixing brackets -- A BD01-B BVP:034262 1 unit 0.167
NSV0_00275
Fixing brackets -- A BD01-BA BVP:081945 1 unit 0.167

NSV0_00276
Suspension brackets -- A BD01-BAP BVP:203522 1 unit 0.576

• For suspension by cable or pendant chain
• At the connection point
NSV0_00277
Mounting parts
End flanges -- A BD01-EF BVP:611071 1 unit 0.300
NSV0_00985
Joint blocks 100 D BD01-100-KB BVP:201966 1 unit 0.350

160 D BD01-160-KB BVP:201967 1 unit 0.350
NSV0_00984
4
Coding
Coding sets -- A BD01-K BVP:034263 10 units 0.010
• 4 coding positions
NSV0_00278
Fire barrier
Fire barrier kit -- A BD01-S90 BVP:611354 1 unit 1.500
for mounting by the customer with fire barrier plates
and fixing screws
NSV0_01460
Fire barrier approval kit -- A BD01-S90-ZUL-D BVP:611373 1 unit 0.200

(required only for Germany)
© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
■ Overview
... m Busbar trunking system (see Appendix for diagram)
• Degree of protection IP54 with tap-off points at sides and bottom,
otherwise IP50;
increase to IP55 with accessories
• 5-conductor system: L1, L2, L3, N, PE
• Busbars: silver-plated Cu connection and pick-up contacts;
Al or Cu conductors; supported by insulated busbar supports
• Trunking units steel enclosed, galvanized and with paint finish;
color: light gray, RAL 7035
• Halogen-free
• Busbar connection via joint block with built-in expansion compensation
• Tap-off points on one side, every 0.5 m or 1 m
• Made by Siemens
• Type BD01-...
Comprising:
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 4/29

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
■ Design
Fixing
Wall or ceiling mounting with BD01-B
0,15 m
3m
NSV0_00065
0,15 m
0,10 m
4
NSV0_00066
4/30 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Pendent suspension using BD01-BAP (at connection point)
NSV0_000
67
<
=3m
Mounting examples with BD01-B and BD01-BA
NSV0_00068 4
1,5 m
NSV0_0006
3m 9
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 4/31

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
■ Function
Required details Short-circuit protection
The following data must be considered when configuring the A system can be protected against short circuit alone by fitting
busbar lines: low-voltage LV HRC fuses (gL) into the incoming supply; the
• Installation flat or upright, horizontal or vertical, quantity, type fuse size to be appropriate for the prospective short-circuit cur-
and approximate ratings of prospective loads, p.f. rent at the place of installation.
• Rated diversity factor α. Overcurrent protection devices for overload and
• If data are not available, use only the rated diversity factor short-circuit protection
• Feeding transformers (short-circuit current) Busbar trunking systems must be protected against overload
• Nature of the installation site (dimensions, construction of the and short circuits. Fuses and miniature circuit breakers must be
building, transport paths, cellar) selected so that the admissible current carrying capacity
corresponding with the ambient conditions is not exceeded.
• Routing of supply lines from other power sources
Due to their high response threshold (1.3 to 1.6 times rated
• Crane operation current) and their long rupturing times at small overcurrents,
• Special requirements fuses are not suitable for overload protection. Therefore we
recommend the use of motor-protective or standard circuit
Operational current breakers.
The operational current is calculated using the following formula: The following can be used:
Pinst × α × b System Overcurrent protective devices
IB = × 103
冪3 × U × p.f. Icc = 15 kA1) Icc = 25 kA
BD01-40 5SY4 340-6 3VL27 05
with: BD01-63 5SY4 363-6 3VL27 06
IB = Operational current (A) BD01-100 – 3VL27 10
Pinst = Installed power (kW) BD01-125 – 3VL27 12
α = Rated diversity factor BD01-160 – 3VL27 16
b = Supply factor
1) Icf = rated conditional short-circuit current of the busbar trunking system
b=1 = Single end feed and its outgoing circuits when protected by circuit breakers
b=½ = Double end feed The prospective network short-circuit current and the let-through
Ue = Rated operational voltage (V)
characteristic of the switches must be taken into account in each
case.
p.f. = Power factor
Temperature characteristic of BD01 systems
If no data are available about the actual currents occurring
4 simultaneously, the following values according to

IEC/EN 60439-1 apply: Rated current (%)
NSV0_00071
Number of main circuits Rated diversity factor α
130
2 and 3 0.9
120
4 and 5 0.8
110
6 to 9 inclusive 0.7
100
10 or more 0.6
90
80
70
-5 +5 +15 +25 +35 +45 +55 +65

Ambient temperature °C
(average over 24 hours)
4/32 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Voltage drop Fire barriers
Voltage drop at rated current General requirements
(Load distribution factor a = 1) The German state building authorities demand that buildings are
designed so that "spreading of fire and smoke is prevented, and
30 that effective fire fighting and rescue of persons and domestic
animals is facilitated". Fire or flue gas may not spread from one
U (V/100 m)
storey or fire area to another.

28
All BD01 busbar trunking systems can be equipped with fire bar-
riers and generally comply with the standards for buildings in-
cluding high-rise buildings.
26 40 A
The fire resistance class corresponds with S 90 according to
DIN 4102 Part 9. The demands for verification of fire resistance
24 duration at 90 min as specified by ISO 834 according to
IEC/EN 60439-2 are fulfilled.
22 Configuration
63 A
To ensure a fire barrier according to S90, the following points
20 125 A must be observed when engineering and installing trunking and
junction units with fire barriers:
18
160 A • The center of the fire barrier in the trunking unit must be
positioned in the center of the fire wall.
100 A
• There are no tap-off points in the area covered by the fire bar-
16 rier.
• The trunking units must be installed by an approved fire
14
protection installation specialist.
• Fire barriers for installation in lightweight walls are available on
request.
12
NSV0_00070
NSV0_01462
10
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1
p. f.
1
Calculation of the voltage drop
For long busbar lines, it may be necessary to calculate the
voltage drop.
∆U = a × 冪3 × IB × l × (R × p.f. + X × sin ϕ) × 10–3 (V) 4

with
∆U = Voltage drop (V)
IB = Operational current (A)
l = Length (m) 140
a = Load distribution factor see Table
1 Packing 650
R = Ohmic resistance R20 (mΩ/m)
X = Inductive resistance X20 (mΩ/m)
p.f. = Power factor Positioning in the fire wall
Factor a used in the equation for calculating the voltage drop is Observe the following when installing the trunking units:
dependent on the load distribution. • The space $ surrounding the busbar trunking unit within the
component it passes through must be packed with mineral-
Load distribution Factor a based mortar or fire barrier sealant.
A Infeed at A, • The mortar or fire barrier sealant must conform to the
one tap-off unit at B 1 applicable regulations for establishing fire resistance rating or
B
the construction of the wall or ceiling.
Infeed at A,
A • The installation must be carried out according to pertinent
B C D E
building regulations. The approval papers can be ordered
Infeed at A, separately.
B A C
tap-off units at B, C 0.25
Infeed at A,
B D A E C
A B Infeed at A, B,
C D E F
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 4/33

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Trunking units
BD01-...
L 57,5
50
5,5 5,5
NSV0_00279
57 n × 125
25 125 4,5
90
77
250 a
n× a
L a Number of tap-off points
2000 500 4
1000 2
3000 500 6
1000 3
Junction units
BD01(-160)-R1, BD01(-160)-R2
92
NSV0_00280
4 57,5
L1
L
50
L2
NSV0_00281
316
R
10
0
Type L L1 L2
BD01-...-R1 500 165 316
BD01-...-R2 1000 665 –
4/34 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Feeder units
BD01-E
170 132
M32, M40, M50
11
Ø 5,3
104
90
53
27
45
34,5
9
158
150
NSV0_00282
260
BD01-160-E
260 20
130
M63 1
2
4
150
NSV0_00283
104
1 BD01-EF end flange

2 BD01-...-KB clamp terminal
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 4/35

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

Tap-off units
Tap-off units size 01 Tap-off units size 02
BD01-AK01X/ZS BD01-AK02X/ZS3
M25 M25
66
77,5
77.5
66
77,5
100 100 200 100

116 116
NSV0_00285
NSV0_00284
Tap-off units size 02, with component mounting unit

BD01-AK02M0/A163 BD01-AK02M0/2SD163S14
BD01-AK02M0/A323 BD01-AK02M0/2SD163A161
BD01-AK02M0/F BD01-AK02M0/2SD163FIA161
70
70
76
76
14,5
14,5
118,2
M25 M25
94
94
105
200 100 200 100

116 116
NSV0_00287
4
NSV0_00286
26,7 26,5

BD01-AK02M0/CEE163S14 BD01-AK02M0/CEE165A163
70
70
102
90
76
76
52
52
94
105
94
105
200 100
116 200 100
116
NSV0_00288
NSV0_00289
38,5
38,5
Dashed lines: Free space for opening the hinge switch
4/36 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Tap-off units size 1

BD01-AK1X/S... BD01-AK1X/2SD...
BD01-AK1X/GB... BD01-AK1X/2BS...
BD01-AK1X/F BD01-AK1X/2DKS...
BD01-AK1X/2PC...
292
63
13
135
NSV0_00290
85
112
40
27
12
80 M25, 32, 40, 50 M25, 32, 40, 50

100 22,5
NSV0_00292
100
150
160
68
195

BD01-AK1X/CEE163... BD01-AK1M1/A...
BD01-AK1M1/F
90
4
90
77
52
M25, 32, 40, 50 M25, 32, 40, 50

NSV0_00293
NSV0_00291
75,5
Dotted lines: Usable component fitting space

Siemens LV 70 · 2008 4/37

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Tap-off units size 2

BD01-AK2X/F..., BD01-AK2HX/F...
BD01-AK2X/S..., BD01-AK2HX/S...
362
205
85
112
NSV0_00294
27
40
12
M25, 32, 40, 50

80
200 22,5
100
150
160
265
BD01-AK2X/4SD... BD01-AK2X/CEE165... BD01-AK2X/CEE325...

BD01-AK2X/4DKS..
BD01-AK2X/4PC...
4
132
105
13
62
63
52
130 72,5
68 72,5
NSV0_00301
NSV0_00299
NSV0_00296

4/38 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

BD01-AK2M2/F, BD01-AK2HM2/F BD01-AK2M1/BS...
BD01-AK2HM2/A... BD01-AK2M1/2SD...
BD01-AK2M1/2DKS...
BD01-AK2M1/2PC...
BD01-AK2M1/2T23...
BD01-AK2M1/T25...
160
90
77
77
13
NSV0_00295
NSV0_00297
68
BD01-AK2M1/CEE165... BD01-AK2M1/CEE325...
90 90
132
4
105
77
77
62
52
NSV0_00300
NSV0_00298
72,5 72,5

Siemens LV 70 · 2008 4/39

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

with ancillary equipment unit size 1
BD01-AK1M1/GK1X/3T23...
77
63
13
90 M25, 32, 40, 50

NSV0_00312
60,5
124,5

with ancillary equipment unit size 1
BD01-AK2M2/GK1X/T25... BD01-AK2HM2/GK1X/CEE635...
BD01-AK2M2/GK1X/3T23...
98
4
77
77
77
13
63
M25, 32, 40, 50 87,5 160

160
NSV0_00314
NSV0_00313
60,5
124,5

4/40 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

Ancillary equipment units size 1
BD01-GK1X/F BD01-GK1X/4DKS103
BD01-GK1X/4PC163
BD01-GK1X/4SD163
63
13
NSV0_00302
135 M25, 32, 40, 50

175
100
150
160
NSV0_00304
60,5
124,5
Ancillary equipment units size 1,

with component mounting unit
BD01-GK1M1/F
90
77
4
NSV0_00303

Dashed lines: free space for opening the hinge switch
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 4/41

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
Ancillary equipment units size 2

BD01-GK2X/F BD01-GK2X/2SD163CEE165
BD01-GK2X/2DKS103CEE165
205
105
63
52
85
112
NSV0_00305
13
27
40
12
M25, 32, 40, 50

80
100
160
150
NSV0_00307
245
84
179
Ancillary equipment units size 2, with component mounting unit

BD01-GK2X/CEE163CEE165 BD01-GK2M2/F
142
52
77
NSV0_00306
112
12
4
NSV0_00308
150
160
70
174
245

4/42 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

Protective covers according to IP55
For tap-off point For connection point
BD01-FAS BD01-FS
92
92
NSV0_00997
11,5
NSV0_00996
65 26 175 26
11,5
29
For feeder unit at bottom

BD01-FES
A A-A
92
12
NSV0_00998
4
11,5
A 13
172
For feeder unit at side, top

BD01-KS
12
NSV0_00999
26
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 4/43

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A
For tap-off units For tap-off units

BD01-AK01X-IP55 BD01-AK02X-IP55
92
92
11,5
11,5
26 26
12 12
13,5
13,5
NSV0_01000
NSV0_01001
For tap-off units For tap-off units
BD01-AK1X-IP55 BD01-AK2X-IP55
92
92
11,5
11,5
4 26
26
12
12
13,5
13,5
NSV0_01003
NSV0_01002
4/44 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

Fixing
Universal fixing brackets Fixing brackets
BD01-B BD01-BA
75 Ø9
27,5 25
115
135
91
50
103
112
132
4,5
NSV0_00310a
15 10 10
5,5
10 NSV0_00309
27,5
27.5
49.5
49,5
52
59
Ø6,6 Ø9
10
20
15
30
Suspension brackets
BD01-BAP
60
230 30
73
92
9
NSV0_00311 12
4
48
40
13
150
200
250
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 4/45

© Siemens AG 2007
BD01 System — 40 ... 160 A

Fire barriers
Fire barrier
BD01-S90
Section A-A
NSV0_01461
A
134
90
100 A
650
25
69
4/46 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System – 160 ... 1250 A
5/2 Introduction
5/2 Overview
5/3 Benefits
5/4 Design
5/11 Accessories
5/14 General data

5/22 Trunking units

5/30 Junction units

5/46 Feeder units

5/50 Tap-off units for

international use
5/60 Ancillary equipment units for

international use
5/61 Tap-off units for Belgium

5/62 Tap-off units for Denmark

5/63 Tap-off units for France

5/64 Tap-off units for the

United Kingdom
5/66 Tap-off units for Switzerland

5/68 Accessories
5/73 Information on engineering

5/73 Overview
5/75 Design
5/82 Function
5/84 Configuration
5/88 More information
5/94 Fire barriers

5/94 Overview
5/95 Design
5/102 Project planning aids

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Introduction
■ Overview
5
2
5
3
NSV0_00081
5
1 Trunking unit
2 Junction unit
3 Feeder unit
4 Tap-off unit
5 Accessories
5
5/2 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Introduction
Version Tap-off units
Type-tested low-voltage controlgear combination (TTA) • Up to 25 A
according to - molded-plastic enclosure
- double anti-rotation feature
• IEC/EN 60439-1
• Up to 63 A
• IEC/EN 60439-2 - sheet-steel enclosure, hot-galvanized, cover with
Degree of protection powder-spray paint finish
- double anti-rotation feature
• Trunking units IP52 (standard),
feeder units and tap-off units IP54 • Up to 125 A
- sheet-steel enclosure, hot-galvanized, cover with
• Increased degree of protection to IP54 or IP55 with accessories powder-spray paint finish
for operation in harsh industrial environments - compulsory order of operation
Components - double anti-rotation feature
Straight trunking units • Up to 630 A
- sheet-steel enclosure, hot-galvanized, cover with
• Without or with fire barrier powder-spray paint finish
• 5-wire system - tap-off unit partitioned according to function
• Busbars made of copper or aluminum - enclosure for protective devices
- enclosure for power pick-up
• Standard lengths of 3.25 m, 2.25 m and 1.25 m - double anti-rotation feature
• Selectable lengths from 0.5 m to 3.24 m Ancillary equipment units
• Tap-off points • For 8 modular widths (MW)
- none
- on two sides offset every 0.25 m or 0.5 m • Without or with component mounting unit,
cover powder-coated
• Fire barrier: fire resistance class S90 and S120 according to
DIN 4102, sheet 2 to 4 Accessories
Junction units • End flanges
• Edgewise or flat • Joint blocks
• Without or with fire barrier • For degree of protection IP54 or IP55
- flange for edgewise mounting position
• L-units without or with configurable angle - flange for flat mounting position
• Z-units - flange for vertical mounting position
• T-units - additional components for tap-off units
• K-units • For fixing
- universal mounting bracket for edgewise or flat arrangement
• Flexible junction units - fastening elements for vertical bars, for wall or ceiling
Feeder units mounting
• Entry/end feeder unit
• Center feeder unit ■ Benefits
• Bolt terminal 7 Easy and quick planning
• Cable entry from 1, 2 or 3 sides 7 Time-saving and economical mounting
• Distribution board feeder unit 7 Reliable and safe operation
7 Flexible modular system with simple solutions for every
application
7 Early planning of the power distribution system without exact
knowledge of load locations
7 Early readiness for operation thanks to fast and simple
mounting
7 Innovative design: No more compensation boxes to
5
compensate elongation
7 Codable tap-off units and tap-off points
7 Sealable throughout
7 Accessories for increasing the degree of protection to IP55 for
extreme environmental conditions
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/3

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Introduction
■ Design
Trunking units Connections
Power is transferred through nickel-plated and tinned aluminum Trunking units are connected quickly and securely via the joint
busbars as well as tinned copper busbars. block.
The low inherent impedance and large surface area of the
busbars limit the heat build-up.
The result is a low transmission loss and a low voltage drop.
Enclosures
The enclosure is made of hot galvanized steel with a paint finish.
Color: RAL 7035 (light gray).
NSV0_0009
0
Protected to IP52 degree of protection as standard. This can be
increased to IP54 or IP55 with additional parts.
Left: Flange cover
Right: Joint blocks
N L1 L2 L3 ½PE Joint blocks

Features:
N L1 L2 L3 ½PE • Even holding pressure ensures completely secure connection
NSV0_00084a
126
of all five busbars. Quick mounting up to 400 A with plug-in

68
connection, from 630 A to 1250 A with bolt connection.

167 167 • The built-in expansion compensation absorbs the heat
160 ... 400 A 630 ... 1250 A expansion of the busbars.
• The block can be tightened using conventional tools.
BD2A-2, BD2C-2 trunking units • Two sizes are available for the whole system.
• The joint block is supplied as an integral part of the trunking
units and junction units.
N L1 L2 L3 PE
N L1 L2 L3 PE
NSV0_00086a
126
68
167 167
160 ... 400 A 630 ... 1250 A
NSV0_0009
2
BD2A-3, BD2C-3 trunking units,

junction units, BD2A-..., BD2C-... feeder units Left: BD2-400-SK for 160 to 400 A
Right: BD2-1250-EK for 630 to 1250 A
Tap-off points
Four screws provide the mechanical connection to the enclosure.
The busbar support and tap-off point form a unit.
The leading/delayed PE contact at the tap-off unit provides pos-
itive opening or closing of the tap-off point.
The tap-off point can be coded at the factory on request,
together with the tap-off unit. The tap-off point is sealable.
BD2-AK1, BD2-AK02(03), BD2-AK2(3) and BD2-AK04 tap-off
units are plug-in types for all systems, BD2-AK05(06) tap-off
units are only for systems from 630 A. NSV0_0009
4
5
NSV0_00088
Left: Tap-off point for BD2.-160 to BD2.-400

Right: Tap-off point for BD2.-630 to BD2.-1250
5/4 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Introduction
Straight trunking units Flexible junction units
NSV0_00097
NSV0_0009
5
Equipment
The trunking units are available in the following versions: BD2-...-R
• Without tap-off points L-units
• With tap-off points on both sides at intervals of 0.5 m,
offset by 0.25 m (BD2.-2, BD2.-3).
One joint block is included in scope of supply.
A fire barrier can be fitted (see "Fire barriers", page 5/6). Y
XY
The following lengths are available: X
• 3.25 m
NSV0_00098
• 2.25 m
• 1.25 m
Left: Knee, rear;
• Optional lengths BD2.-...-LH, BD2.-...-LH-X*, BD2.-...-LH-Y*, BD2.-...-LH-X*/Y*
Number of tap-off points Right: Knee, front;
BD2.-...-LV, BD2.-...-LV-X*, BD2.-...-LV-Y*, BD2.-...-LV-X*/Y*
Length Tap-off units on both sides
m
NSV0_001
00
1.25 ... 2.25 4 ... 8
2.26 ... 3, 25 8 ... 12 Y
X Y X
On optional lengths, it may not be possible to fit tap-off units to
all tap-off points
Junction units
Left: Elbow, right;
BD2.-...-LR, BD2.-...-LR-X*, BD2.-...-LR-Y*, BD2.-...-LR-X*/Y*
NSV0_000
96 Right: Elbow, left;
BD2.-...-LL, BD2.-...-LL-X*, BD2.-...-LL-Y*, BD2.-...-LL-X*/Y*
Z-units
Y
X
Z Z
Equipment
NSV0_00102
Flexible copper conductors for the flexible junction units.

Y
5
The L-units with configurable angle are available with a fixed
angle of 90° or any angle in 5° increments from 85° to 175°. X
All L and Z-units are available with

• Standard limb lengths of 0.36 m Left: BD2.-...-ZH-Z*, BD2.-...-ZH-X*/Y*/Z* (rear)
• One or two limb lengths selectable from 0.36 m to 1.25 m. Right: BD2.-...-ZV-Z*, BD2.-...-ZV-X*/Y*/Z* (front)
The junction units are supplied with one joint block.
Y NSV0_001
04
Y Z
X Z X
Left: BD2.-...-ZR-Z*, BD2.-...-ZR-X*/Y*/Z* (right)

Right: BD2.-...-ZL-Z*, BD2.-...-ZL-X*/Y*/Z* (left)
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/5

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Introduction
T-units Fire barriers
If the busbar system is routed through fire wall or ceiling,
a fire barrier must be fitted. Depending on the customers
requirements, Siemens offers fire barriers with a fire resistance
rating of S90 and S120.
Standard lengths, optional lengths and branch units are
10
6 supplied with fire protective equipment as specified in the
00 ordering data (see "Fire barriers", page 5/94).
V0_
S
N
Factory-fitted equipment:
• Internal fire barrier
Left: BD2.-...-TH (rear)
Right: BD2.-...-TV (front) • External fire barrier, if required
• Documentation (certificate of approval, wall-mounted signs
and declaration of conformity), for Germany as separate
approval kit BD2-S90-ZUL-D or BD2-S120-ZUL-D
Mineral based mortar or ZZ fire barrier sealant TS90
(see "Fire barriers", page 5/101) for sealing joints between the
10
8 busbar trunking element and component must be supplied by
00
V0_ the customer.
NS
Left: BD2.-...-TR (right) M*

Right: BD2.-...-TL (left)
K-units
NSV0_001
16
NSV0_001
10 *
BX
Left: BD2.-...-KVH (front + rear) Fire barrier for trunking units and junction units
Right: BD2.-...-KRL (right + left)
L-units with engineered angle from 85° to 175° For S90: For S120:
BD2A-... BD2A-... or BD2C-...
+BD2-S90-BX*-M* +BD2-S120-BX*-M*
NSV0_001
12
+BD2-S90-BY*-M* +BD2-S120-BY*-M*
G*= 85°–175° +BD2-S90-BZ*-M* +BD2-S120-BZ*-M*
G*= 85°–175°
Left: Knee, rear; BD2.-...-LH-G*, BD2.-...-LH-X*-G*,

BD2.-...-LH-Y*-G*, BD2.-...-LH-X*/Y*-G*
Right: Knee, front; BD2.-...-LV-G*, BD2.-...-LV-X*-G*,
5 BD2.-...-LV-Y*-G*, BD2.-...-LV-X*/Y*-G*
NSV0_001
14
G*= 85°–175°
G*= 85°–175°
Left: Elbow, right; BD2.-...-LR-G*, BD2.-...-LR-X*-G*,

BD2.-...-LR-Y*-G*, BD2.-...-LR-X*/Y*-G*
Right: Elbow, left; BD2.-...-LL-G*, BD2.-...-LL-X*-G*,
BD2.-...-LL-Y*-G*, BD2.-...-LL-X*/Y*-G*
5/6 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Introduction
Feeder units If end feeder units are used in addition to center feeder units, an
additional joint block is required for each end feeder unit.
For the incoming supply to BD2 runs, various feeder unit variants
are available to meet different requirements.
NSV0_001
17
NSV0_00119
Example: end feeder unit with connected cabling box
Features:
• Cables are introduced from the front face.
• Cable entry plate (aluminum) for single-core cable entry.
• Cable connection is via bolts. The bolts are included in scope
of supply. BD2.-...-EE end feeder unit and BD2.-...-ME center feeder unit
• The factory-fitted jumper between PE and N can be removed End feeder units
for connection of five-core cables.
Cable entry is from the front; cable entry from the side is possible
• Feeder units are supplied without joint block. for the version with a BD2.-...-EE-KR cabling box.
For double-ended feed, an additional joint block is required.
NSV0_001
20
NSV0_00118
BD2.-...-EE and BD2.-...-EE-KR end feeder units

The phase sequence can be changed on site by rotating the
busbar pack.
NSV0_001
22
Double-end feeder unit BD2.-...-EE

To distribute large amounts of power with small busbar cross-
sections it is sensible to use a center feed unit in some cases It
is mounted in the middle of a busbar line between two trunking
units. The left run and the right run are supplied simultaneously
with one supply cable. It is thus possible to feed in 2000 A with
one 1000 A center feed unit. In this case special consideration Distribution feeder units
must be given to the overload and short-circuit protection of the
busbar system. For BD2 connection to a distribution board.
If the short-circuit protection is not assured by the upstream
protective device and/or the overload is not due to the type and
5
number of loads, additional protective measures are required. N L1 L2 L3
PE
Two options are possible:
NSV0_00124
• Use of a center feed unit with one coupling unit on the right
and left respectively next to the feeder unit. The coupling unit
must be equipped with a protective device (fuse or circuit
breaker) that ensures the short-circuit and overload function.
• Use of two end feeder units that are arranged centrally in the BD2.-...-VE distribution board feeder unit
busbar line. The two supply cables are separately fused in the
distribution system.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/7

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Introduction
Center feeder units Sheet-steel enclosed tap-off units BD2-AK2 up to 63 A and BD2-
AK3 up to 125 A with cover-integrated switch-disconnector
Cable entry is possible from 3 sides. The phase sequence can
be changed on site by rotating the busbar pack. Features:
• Hot-galvanized sheet-steel enclosure and cover with powder-
coated finish, color light gray, RAL 7035.
• The tap-off units can be mounted and removed only with their
cover open.
• Switch-disconnector integrated into the cover, switching
capacity at 63 A AC-22B up to 400 V or at 125 A AC-21B,
which ensures that the unit is not live when the cover is open.
NSV0_001
25
• An anti-rotation feature prevents incorrect mounting.
• Cables can be introduced from three sides; use plastic cable
BD2.-...-ME center feeder units (PE left and PE right) glands with strain relief (not in scope of supply).
• Power pick-up via silver-plated horseshoe contacts.
• If the PE conductor is used as a PEN conductor, note that the
NSV0_00127 PE contact of the BD2-AK3... tap-off units have only half the
cross-section and therefore cannot carry the full rated current.
• The connection cable should be supported separately if
necessary.
Component mounting unit:
For installing devices (e.g. miniature circuit breakers) in
conformance with DIN 43871, with 8 MW. 1 MW equals a space
requirement of 18 mm. Hinged covers on all tap-off units allow
device operation from outside.
BD2.-...-ME center feeder units (PE rear and PE front)
NSV0_002
Tap-off units 00
Tap-off units are available in a number of versions for different

applications.
BD2-AK1 molded plastic-enclosed tap-off units up to 25 A,
freely assignable, with fuses, miniature circuit breakers and
socket outlets
Features:
BD2-AK2M2/A323
• Molded-plastic enclosure, color light gray, similar to RAL 7035
BD2-AK2 tap-off units up to 63 A, freely assignable,
• Transparent cover for the protective devices with fuses, miniature circuit breakers and socket outlets
• During mounting and removing of the tap-off units, a load
switching capacity of AC-22B up to 400 V is reached Features:
• An anti-rotation feature prevents incorrect mounting • Miniature circuit breakers can optionally be operated from the
outside (component mounting unit with 8 MW; 1 MW = 18 mm)
• Cables can be introduced from three sides
NSV0_001
• The tap-off unit must be removed from the trunking before the 35
unit can be opened and the cables connected

• Built-in strain relief
• The connection cables should be supported separately if
required
5 BD2-AK2X/CEE325S33
NSV0_00129
BD2-AK1/CEE165A163
5/8 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Introduction
BD2-AK3 tap-off units up to 125 A Sheet-steel enclosed tap-off units BD2-AK02 (AK03)
with fuse switch-disconnectors and fuse bases without cover-integrated switch-disconnector
Features: Features:
• On versions with fuse switch-disconnectors or circuit breakers, • Hot-galvanized sheet-steel enclosure and cover with powder-
the cover is interlocked with these switches and can therefore coated finish, color light gray, RAL 7035.
be opened only when they are switched off. • The tap-off units can be mounted and removed with their
• On versions with fuse bases, the isolator built into the cover cover open and closed.
does not disconnect the load. It only removes the voltage from • With the cover open the voltage is still applied to the installed
the installed fuse bases when the cover is opened. devices (test facility). Degree of protection IP20 (finger-safe) is
• Terminal bolts for cables. assured.
• Do not mount or remove tap-off units under load.
NSV0_001
36 • Cables can be introduced from three sides; use plastic cable
glands with strain relief (not in scope of supply).
• Power pick-up via silver-plated horseshoe contacts.
PE contact of the BD2-AK03 tap-off units have only half the
cross-section and therefore cannot carry the full rated current.
• The connection cable should be supported separately if
necessary.
BD2-AK3X/GSTZ00
Component mounting unit:
Tap-off units BD2-AK2 up to 63 A and BD2-AK3 up to 125 A
For installing devices (e.g. miniature circuit breakers) in
equipped to customer specifications
conformance with DIN 43871, with 8 MW. 1 MW equals a space
Features: requirement of 18 mm. Hinged covers on all tap-off units allow
• Device installation to customer specification in compliance device operation from outside.
with the requirements for type-tested low-voltage switchgear Tap-off units BD2-AK02 up to 63 A, freely assignable,
and controlgear assemblies (TTA). Engineering, quotations with fuses, miniature circuit breaker
and delivery through your Siemens contacts in our branches.
Features:
• Devices mounted on pre-drilled mounting plates, module
mounting rails or top-hat rails according to EN 60715. • Miniature circuit breakers can optionally be operated from the
NSV0_001
38 NSV0_001
31
BD2-AK2...
BD2-AK02M2/A323
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/9

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Introduction
Tap-off units BD2-AK03 up to 125 A • The connection cable should be supported separately if
with circuit breakers, fuse switch-disconnectors, fuse bases, necessary.
miniature circuit breakers and fuse-switches • On versions with fuse switch-disconnectors or circuit
Features: breakers, the cover is interlocked with these switches and can
therefore be opened only when they are switched off.
• On versions with fuse switch-disconnectors or circuit breakers,
the cover is interlocked with these switches and can therefore • On versions with fuse bases, the load must be disconnected
be opened only when they are switched off. before the enclosure cover is removed.
• Terminal bolts for cables • Connections for multi-core or single-core cables are possible.
• Miniature circuit breakers can optionally be operated from the
NSV0_014
65
BD2-AK03X/L...
NSV0_01014
Tap-off units BD2-AK02 up to 63 A and BD2-AK03 up to 125 A
equipped to customer specifications
Features:
• Device installation to customer specification in compliance
with the requirements for type-tested low-voltage switchgear
and controlgear assemblies (TTA). Engineering, quotations
and delivery through your Siemens contacts in our branches.
• Devices mounted on pre-drilled mounting plates, module
mounting rails or top-hat rails according to EN 60715
BD2-AK05/LS...
NSV0_001
33 Ancillary equipment units
Features:
• The enclosure is made from hot-galvanized sheet steel.
• Cables can be introduced from 4 sides (use plastic cable
glands with strain relief; not in scope of supply).
• Can be combined with tap-off units
(BD2-AK02, AK2, AK03, AK3)
• A standard mounting rail is built-in for component mounting.
BD2-AK03...
• 1 size with 8 MW (1 MW = 18 mm; MW = modular width)
Sheet-steel enclosed tap-off units BD2-AK04 up to 250 A and
• Without or with component mounting unit for external
BD2-AK05 up to 400 A and BD2-AK06 up to 630 A
operation (1 size with 8 MW)
without cover-integrated switch-disconnector
• Installation of devices (e.g. miniature circuit breakers) in
Tap-off units BD2-AK04 up to 250 A, accordance with DIN 43871 possible up to and including
BD2-AK05 up to 400 A and AK06 up to 630 A 63 A.
with circuit breakers, fuse switch-disconnectors and fuse bases
5 Features:
• Type BD2-AK05 and BD2-AK06 tap-off units > 250 A can be NSV0_001
39
mounted only on 630 A to 1250 A trunking units.

• Hot-galvanized and powder-coated sheet-steel enclosure,
color light gray, RAL 7035.
• The tap-off units can be mounted and removed only with their
cover open.
BD2-GKM2/F
• Cables can be introduced from three sides; use plastic cable
glands with strain relief (not in scope of supply).
PE contact of the BD2-AK04, BD2-AK05 and BD2-AK06 tap-
off units have only half the cross-section and therefore cannot
carry the full rated current.
5/10 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Introduction
■ Accessories
Protective sleeve Flat mounting position
Provides purely mechanical protection for the busbar system The higher degree of protection is achieved by fitting an addi-
when it is routed through walls and ceilings. The protective tional flange at the connection points, at the end flange and at
sleeve can be retrofitted. the tap-off points.
40
01
0_0
N SV
185
0,
NSV0_001
45
BD2-400-D and BD2-1250-D protective sleeve Left: Connection point between trunking units with BD2-FF
for currents up to 400 A or from 630 to 1250 A Right: Connection point between trunking unit and end flange with
BD2-FFE
End flanges
An end flange is required for terminating the busbar line.
Two sizes are available.
NSV0_001
47
NSV0_001
41
Tap-off openings with BD2-FAS

Vertical mounting position
Left: BD2-400-FE end flanges for currents up to 400 A The higher degree of protection is achieved by fitting additional
Right: BD2-1250-FE end flanges for currents from 630 to 1250 A flanges at all the connection points and at all tap-off points (front
and rear).
Edgewise mounting position
The higher degree of protection is achieved by fitting an
additional flange at the connection points and at the end flange.
NSV0_00148
NSV0_001
43
Left: Connection point between trunking units with BD2-...-HF

Right: Connection point between trunking unit and end flange with
BD2-...-HFE Left: Connection point between trunking units with BD2-...-VF
Right: Tap-off openings with BD2-FAS
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/11

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Introduction
Accessories for degree of protection IP55 Tap-off units
Trunking units The higher degree of protection IP55 is achieved by fitting
additional seals at the tap-off unit.
The higher degree of protection IP55 is achieved by fitting
additional seals and a flange at the connection points and at the
tap-off points.
NSV0_01006
NSV0_01004
BD2-AK1-IP55
NSV0_01007
Connection point between trunking units with BD2-...-FS
NSV0_010
05
Connection point between trunking unit and end flange with BD2-...-FSE
BD2-AK2X(3X)-IP55
NSV0_01008
NSV0_001
47
Tap-off openings with BD2-...-FAS
BD2-AK02X(03X)-IP55
5
NSV0_01009
BD2-AK04(05, 06)-IP55
5/12 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Introduction
Fixing accessories Retaining elements for vertical busbar lines
Fixing brackets These consist of a wall mounting element and accessories for
fixing to to the ceiling.
The universal fixing bracket can be used for edgewise and flat
mounting of all trunking variants. The retaining elements are adjustable to compensate for uneven
walls.
NSV0_001
Maximum load carrying capacity of retaining element, see
50
"Information on engineering", page 5/82.
NSV0_00154
BD2-400-BB and BD2-1250-BB fixing bracket
for currents up to 400 A or from 630 to 1250 A
Spacer brackets
Spacer brackets for compensating building tolerances between
trunking unit and wall or ceiling. The spacer bracket slides onto
the BD2-...-BB fixing bracket and is secured with screws.
For vertically mounted BD2 runs, it can also be used as an BD2-BWV wall mounting element for busbar line and end feeder unit
intermediate mounting. At the transition from the horizontal to the vertical busbar line, the
ceiling mounting must be used as a support element.
NSV0_001
52
BD2-BD spacer brackets

Spacers
Spacers for compensating wall and ceiling discrepancies NSV0_00155
between feeder units and trunking units. The spacers clip onto
the fixing bracket.
NSV0_00153
BD2-BDV ceiling mounting element for busbar line

NSV0_00156
BD2-DSB spacers
5
BD2-BVF wall mounting element for busbar line at each joint block
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/13

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
General data
General system data
Type BD2-...
Rated insulation voltage Ui V AC/DC 690/800
Overvoltage category/degree of pollution III/3
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 690
Frequency Hz 50 ... 60
Rated operational current Ie
• Aluminum busbars A 160 ... 1000
• Copper busbars A 160 ... 1250
Ambient temperature °C -5 ... +40
Degree of protection according to IEC/EN 60529
(installation type 2)
• Trunking units IP52
• Trunking units with accessories on the busbar line IP54, IP55
• Feeder units, tap-off units IP54
• Feeder units and tap-off units with accessories IP55
Material
• Trunking units, feeder units, tap-off units Hot-galvanized, painted sheet steel, light gray (RAL 7035)
• Exception: BD2-AK1/... tap-off units Molded-plastic enclosure, light gray (RAL 7035)
• Busbars
- aluminum Nickel-plated and tinned aluminum busbars
- copper Tinned copper busbars
Mounting position Edgewise, flat, tap-off points on side
Tap-off units
Type BD2-AK2..., BD2-AK3...
Rated current Ie 25 A 63 A 125 A 250 A 400 A
Switching capacity of contact system AC-22B – – – –
Switching capacity of the built-in switch-disconnector – AC-22B AC-21B – –
according to IEC/EN 60947-3 at 400 V
Max. admissible rated prospective short-circuit 10 kAeff: For higher rated prospective short-circuit currents, refer to "Back-up protection"
withstand current when tap-off units with miniature for miniature circuit breakers.
circuit breakers are used: 25 kAeff: For higher rated prospective short-circuit currents the upstream protective
device must limit to:
– max. let-through energy I2t = 12 × 104 A2s;
– max. let-through current ID = 9.5 kA
Important configuring notes

Not all tap-off units have a rated voltage of 690 V and a short-
circuit strength that corresponds to the system as a whole.
The short-circuit strength and rated voltage of the tap-off units
used in a system must be appropriate for it.
5 If the rated voltage of a tap-off unit does not match, choose one
equipped with the appropriate components. Larger prospective
short-circuit currents must be limited by fitting protection
devices (such as circuit breakers) upstream.
5/14 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
General data
Trunking units with aluminum conductor
Type BD2A-.-160 BD2A-.-250 BD2A-.-400
Conducting paths
Rated insulation voltage Ui V AC/DC 690/800 690/800 690/800
Overvoltage category/degree of pollution III/3 III/3 III/3
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 690 690 690
Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60
Rated current Ie = thermal rated current at A 160 250 400
max. 40 °C and 35 °C on 24 h average
Impedance per unit length of conducting paths with
50 Hz and 20 °C ambient temperature (cold bars)
• Equivalent resistance R20 mΩ/m 0.484 0.302 0.167
• Positive reactance X20 mΩ/m 0.162 0.131 0.123
• Impedance Z20 mΩ/m 0.511 0.330 0.207
Impedance per unit length of conducting paths with 50 Hz
and 20 °C ambient temperature (bar under operating
conditions warm)
• Impedance Z1 mΩ/m 0.610 0.397 0.247
Impedance of conducting paths under event of a fault
• AC resistance per unit length RF mΩ/m 0.959 0.673 0.548
• Positive reactance per unit length XF mΩ/m 0.681 0.487 0.456
• Impedance per unit length ZF mΩ/m 1.159 0.831 0.713
"Null" impedance according to IEC/EN 60909 Phase to N R0 mΩ/m 2.050 1.340 1.217
(VDE 0102) X0 mΩ/m 0.884 0.750 0.640
Z0 mΩ/m 2.232 1.535 1.375
Phase to PE R0 mΩ/m 2.018 1.071 1.059
X0 mΩ/m 0.416 0.567 0.518
Z0 mΩ/m 2.061 1.212 1.179
• Rated impulse withstand current Ipk kA 17 32 40
• Rated short-time withstand current Icw t=1s kA 5.5 10 16
t = 0.1 s kA 10 16 20
Number of conductors 5 5 5
Conductor cross-section L1, L2, L3 mm2 63 93 205
N mm2 63 93 205
PE mm2 63 93 205
1
/2 PE mm2 63 93 205
Conductor material Al Al Al
Max. interval between trunking unit supports
at normal mechanical loading
• Edgewise m 4 4 4
• Edgewise with BD2-BD 1) m 4 4 4
• Flat m 3.5 3.5 3.5
Fire load2) kWh/m 1.32 1.32 1.32
1) When using spacer bracket BD2-BD.
2) Values for trunking units with tap-off points.
5
For more values, see page 5/21.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/15

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
General data
Trunking units with aluminum conductor
Type BD2A-.-630 BD2A-.-800 BD2A-.-1000
Conducting paths
Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60
• Impedance Z20 mΩ/m 0.127 0.094 0.077
Impedance per unit length of conducting paths with 50 Hz
and 20 °C ambient temperature (bar under operating
conditions warm)
• Impedance Z1 mΩ/m 0.159 0.114 0.088
(VDE 0102) X0 mΩ/m 0.331 0.312 0.301
Z0 mΩ/m 0.632 0.584 0.454
Phase to PE R0 mΩ/m 0.492 0.438 0.408
X0 mΩ/m 0.303 0.280 0.273
Z0 mΩ/m 0.578 0.520 0.491
• Rated short-time withstand current Icw t=1s kA 26 32 34
t = 0.1 s kA 32 40 43
N mm2 277 486 699
PE mm2 277 486 699
1
/2 PE mm2 277 277 486
Conductor material Al Al Al
• Edgewise m 4 3.5 3
• Edgewise with BD2-BD 1) m 2 1.75 1.5
• Flat m 3.5 3 2.5
Fire load2) kWh/m 2 2 2
1) When using BD2-BD spacer bracket.
5
5/16 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
General data
Trunking units with copper conductor
Type BD2C-.-160 BD2C-.-250 BD2C-.-400
Conducting paths
Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60
• Impedance Z20 mΩ/m 0.341 0.335 0.187
50 Hz and 20 °C ambient temperature
(bar under operating conditions warm)
• Impedance Z1 mΩ/m 0.368 0.419 0.217
(VDE 0102) X0 mΩ/m 0.691 0.703 0.658
Z0 mΩ/m 1.579 1.593 0.974
Phase to PE R0 mΩ/m 1.027 1.139 0.672
X0 mΩ/m 0.641 0.530 0.503
Z0 mΩ/m 1.211 1.256 0.839
• Rated short-time withstand current Icw t=1s kA 5.5 10 16
t = 0.1 s kA 10 16 20
N mm2 63 63 147
PE mm2 63 63 147
1
/2 PE mm2 63 63 147
Conductor material Cu Cu Cu
• Edgewise m 4 4 4
• Edgewise with BD2-BD 1) m 4 4 4
• Flat m 3.5 3.5 3.5
Fire load2) kWh/m 1.32 1.32 1.32
5
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/17

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
General data
Trunking units with copper conductor
Type BD2C-.-630 BD2C-.-800 BD2C-.-1000 BD2C-.-1250
Conducting paths
Rated insulation voltage Ui V AC/DC 690/800 690/800 690/800 690/800
Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60 50 ... 60
Rated current Ie = thermal rated current at A 630 800 1000 1250
• Equivalent resistance R20 mΩ/m 0.069 0.069 0.043 0.032
• Positive reactance X20 mΩ/m 0.054 0.054 0.056 0.054
• Impedance Z20 mΩ/m 0.088 0.088 0.071 0.063
50 Hz and 20 °C ambient temperature
(bar under operating conditions warm)
• Equivalent resistance R1 mΩ/m 0.087 0.091 0.056 0.041
• Positive reactance X1 mΩ/m 0.054 0.054 0.056 0.054
• Impedance Z1 mΩ/m 0.102 0.106 0.079 0.068
• AC resistance per unit length RF mΩ/m 0.173 0.172 0.118 0.094
• Positive reactance per unit length XF mΩ/m 0.226 0.229 0.234 0.229
• Impedance per unit length ZF mΩ/m 0.285 0.286 0.262 0.248
"Null" impedance according to IEC/EN 60909 Phase to N R0 mΩ/m 0.357 0.373 0.234 0.186
(VDE 0102) X0 mΩ/m 0.296 0.266 0.286 0.275
Z0 mΩ/m 0.464 0.458 0.370 0.332
Phase to PE R0 mΩ/m 0.342 0.334 0.230 0.174
X0 mΩ/m 0.283 0.284 0.278 0.265
Z0 mΩ/m 0.444 0.438 0.361 0.317
• Rated impulse withstand current Ipk kA 64 84 90 90
• Rated short-time withstand current Icw t=1s kA 26 32 34 34
t = 0.1 s kA 32 40 43 43
Number of conductors 5 5 5 5
Conductor cross-section L1, L2, L3 mm2 280 280 468 699
N mm2 280 280 468 699
PE mm2 280 280 468 699
1
/2 PE mm2 280 280 280 468
• Edgewise m 4 3.5 3 2
• Edgewise with BD2-BD 1) m 2 1.75 1.5 1
• Flat m 3.5 3 2.5 1.5
Fire load2) kWh/m 2 2 2 2
5
5/18 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
General data
Feeder units
Conductor cross-sections
Version Type L1, L2, L3 N PE Size of terminal

screws,
bolts
min. max. min. max. min. max. L1, L2, L3, N, PE
Feeder units with BD2.-250-EE (1–3) × 6 1 × 150, (1–3) × 6 1 × 150, (1–3) × 6 1 × 150, M10
bolt terminal 2 × 70 2 × 70 2 × 70
BD2.-400-EE (1–3) × 101) 1 × 240, (1–3) × 101) 1 × 240, (1–3) × 101) 1 × 240, M12
2 × 120 2 × 120 2 × 120
BD2.-1000-EE (1–3) × 101) 2 × 240, (1–3) × 101) 2 × 240, (1–3) × 101) 2 × 240, M12
3 × 185 3 × 185 3 × 185
BD2.-1250-EE (1–4) × 101) 3 × 300, (1–4) × 101) 3 × 300, (1–4) × 101) 3 × 300, M12
4 × 240 4 × 240 4 × 240
Center feeder units with BD2.-400-ME (1–3) × 101) 2 × 240, (1–3) × 101) 2 × 240, (1–3) × 101) 2 × 240, M12
bolt terminal 3 × 185 3 × 185 3 × 185
BD2.-1000-ME (1–5) × 101) (1–5) × 300 (1–5) × 101) (1–5) × 300 (1–5) × 101) (1–5) × 300 M12
1) Minimum possible cable cross-section for cable lugs.
Cable and wiring entries

Type BD2.-250-EE BD2.-400-EE BD2.-1000-EE, BD2.-1000-ME BD2.-1250-EE
BD2.-400-ME
Cable grommets 1 × KT31) 2 × KT41) 3 × KT41) 6 × KT41) 4 × KT41)
For cable diameter mm 14 ... 54 14 ... 68 14 ... 68 14 ... 68 14 ... 68
1) With strain relief.
Cable entry plate for single core cable

(undrilled cable entry plates)
Type BD2.-250-EE BD2.-400-EE BD2.-1000-EE BD2.-1250-EE
Cable entry plate BD2-250-EBAL BD2-400-EBAL BD2-1000-EBAL BD2-1250-EBAL
Number of cable entries (maximum) 10 × M32, 10 × M40 15 × M40, 36 × M50
5 × M40 6 × M50 and 4 × M40
Cable entry plate for single core cable with center feeder units
(undrilled cable entry plates)
Type BD2.-400-ME... BD2.-1000-ME
Cable entry plate BD2-400-MBAL BD2-1000-MBAL
Number of cable entries (maximum) 12 × M40 and 3 × M32, 31 × M40,
6 × M50 and 4 × M40 16 × M50 and 4 × M40
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/19

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
General data
Tap-off units
Conductor cross-sections
Designation Type L1, L2, L3 N PE Size of
terminal screws,
bolts
min. max. min. max. min. max. L1, L2, L3
Up to 25 A BD2-AK1/S14 0.5 (f, st) 4 (so) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) –
BD2-AK1/S18 0.5 (f, st) 16 (so, f, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) –
BD2-AK1/A... 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) –
BD2-AK1/A...N 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) –
BD2-AK1/F... 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 1 (so, st) 6 (so) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) –
BD2-AK1/F...N 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) –
Up to 63 A BD2-AK.2X/S18 0.5 (f, st) 25 (f, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) –
BD2-AK.2X/S27 0.75 (f, st) 10 (so, f, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) 1 (so, f, st) 6 (so, st) –
BD2-AK.2X/S33 1.5 (f, st) 25 (f, st) 2.5 (so, f, st) 16 (so, st) 2.5 (so, f, st) 16 (so, st) –
BD2-AK.2M2/A... 0.75 (so, st) 25 (st) 2.5 (so, f, st) 25 (st) 2.5 (so, f, st) 25 (st) –
BD2-AK.2M2/A...N 0.75 (so, st) 25 (st) 0.75 (so, f, st) 25 (st) 2.5 (so, f, st) 25 (st) –
BD2-AK.2X/F... 0.75 (so, st) 25 (st) 2.5 (so, f, st) 25 (st) 2.5 (so, f, st) 25 (st) –
BD2-AK.2X/GB32... 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so, st) 0.75 (so, st) 16 (so, st) Cable armoring –
BD2-AK.2X/GB63... 0.75 (so, st) 50 (st) 0.75 (so, st) 50 (st) Cable armoring –
Up to 125 A BD2-AK03X/LSD40-LSD125 2.5 (so, st) 70 (st) 2.5 (so, st) 70 (st) 2.5 (so, st) 70 (st) –
BD2-AK3X/GS00 16 70 16 70 10 70 M8
BD2-AK.3X/GSTZ(A)00 16 70 16 70 10 70 M8
BD2-AK.3X/GB100... 6 (so, st) 70 (st) 6 (so, st) 70 (st) Cable armoring –
BD2-AK03X/T(S)PNR100... 6 (so, st) 70 (st) 6 (so, st) 70 (st) Cable armoring –
Up to 250 A BD2-AK04/SNH1 6 150 6 150 6 150 M10
BD2-AK04/FS... 6 150 6 150 6 150 M10
BD2-AK04/LS... 6 120 (st) 6 (so, st) 150 6 150 M8
Up to 400 A BD2-AK05/SNH2 10 2 × 120 10 2 × 120 10 2 × 120 M10
BD2-AK05/FS... 10 2 × 120 10 2 × 120 10 2 × 120 M10
BD2-AK05/LS... 10 2 × 120 10 2 × 120 10 2 × 120 M8
Up to 630 A BD2-AK06/SNH3 10 2 × 240 10 2 × 240 10 2 × 240 M12
BD2-AK06/LS... 10 2 × 240 10 2 × 240 10 2 × 240 M10
so = solid, st = stranded, f = finely stranded with end sleeve
Cable and wiring entries

Type BD2-AK1/... BD2-AK.2... BD2-AK.3... BD2-AK04 BD2-AK05 BD2-AK06
Cable grommets M252) – – KT 33) 2 × KT 43) 2 × KT 43)
1)
Cable glands – M25, M32, M40 M25, M40, M63 – – –
For cable diameter mm 11 ... 16 11 ... 27 11 ... 42 14 ... 54 14 ... 68 14 ... 68
Min./max. cable entry capacity for
multi-core cables
• NYY... mm2 5 × 1.5 to 5 × 1.5 to 5 × 1.5 to – – –
5×4 5 × 16 5 × 25
4) 2
• NYCWY... mm 4 × 1.5 to 4 × 1.5 to 4 × 1.5 to 5 × 1.5 to 2 × 5 × 1.5 to 2 × 5 × 10 to
4 × 2.5 4 × 16 4 × 70 4 × 150 2 × 4 × 150 2 × 4 × 240
5
Cable entry plate for singe-core cable
(plates fitted, undrilled)
• Max. number of cable entries – – – 10 × M40 10 × M32, 10 × M40
5 × M40
1) For cable glands: Use plastic cable glands with strain relief
2) Strain relief in BD2-AK1/...
3) With strain relief.
4) Fifth conductor: concentric conductor.
5/20 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
General data
Fire loads
Type Fire load Type Fire load Type Fire load
(without single-bolt joint block) kWh/m kWh kWh
Trunking units Tap-off units BD2-AK.3X/LSD40-4 12.8
BD2.-.-160-SB-. 1.32 BD2-AK1/S14 6.9 BD2-AK.3X/LSD63-4 12.8
BD2.-.-160-WB-. 1.32 BD2-AK1/S18 6.9 BD2-AK.3X/LSD80-4 12.8
BD2.-.-250-SB-. 1.32 BD2-AK1/A163 5.83 BD2-AK.3X/LSD100-4 12.8
BD2.-.-250-WB-. 1.32 BD2-AK1/CEE165S14 8.5 BD2-AK.3X/LSD125-4 12.8
BD2.-.-400-SB-. 1.32 BD2-AK1/CEE165A163 8.7 BD2-AK.3X/GS00 8.07
BD2.-.-400-WB-. 1.32 BD2-AK1/2CEE163S14 9.5 BD2-AK.3X/GST.00 9.07
BD2.-.-400-SO-. 0.60 BD2-AK1/2CEE163A161 7.5 BD2-AK.3X/GB1003 14
BD2.-.-400-WO-. 0.60 BD2-AK1/3SD163S14 8 BD2-AK03X/FS125...-3 10.0
BD2.-.-630-SB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/3SD163A161 4.3 BD2-AK03X/FS125...-4 13.0
BD2.-.-630-WB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/A161/1 5.5 BD2-AK03X/F2258...-3(N) 6.1
BD2.-.-630-SO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/A162 5.5 BD2-AK03M2/A1253(N) 5.7
BD2.-.-630-WO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/A163N 6.1 BD2-AK04/SNH1 10.12
BD2.-.-800-SB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/2CEE163A162 7.5 BD2-AK04/FS...-3 16.65
BD2.-.-800-WB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/A201 5.2 BD2-AK04/FS...-4 20.0
BD2.-.-800-SO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/A202 5.5 BD2-AK05/SNH2 12.16
BD2.-.-800-WO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/A203 5.8 BD2-AK05/FS...-3 18.6
BD2.-.-1000-SB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/A203N 6.1 BD2-AK05/FS...-4 22.0
BD2.-.-1000-WB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/2PC163A162 5.8 BD2-AK06/SNH3 14.2
BD2.-.-1000-SO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/3DKS103S14 7.2 BD2-AK04/LS.-DC 17.0
BD2.-.-1000-WO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/3DKS103A131 5.9 BD2-AK04/LS.-EC 20.0
BD2.-.-1250-SB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/F1038-3 5.9 BD2-AK05/LS.-DC 19.0
BD2.-.-1250-WB-. 2.00 BD2-AK1/F1038-3-N 6.1 BD2-AK05/LS.-EC 23.0
BD2.-.-1250-SO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/FI40-162 5.5 BD2-AK06/LS.-DC 22.0
BD2.-.-1250-WO-. 0.67 BD2-AK1/A133 5.2 BD2-AK06/LS.-EC 26.0
Junction units BD2-AK1/T25-A163 4.5 Accessories
BD2.-400-L.. 1.27 BD2-AK1/3T23-3A161 5.7 BD2-400-SK 1.64
BD2.-400-Z.. 1.88 BD2-AK.2X/S18 4.8 BD2-400-FE –
BD2.-1000-L.. 1.27 BD2-AK.2X/S27(/FORMP) 2.94 BD2-400-BB –
BD2.-1000-Z.. 1.88 BD2-AK.2X/S33(/FORMP) 2.94 BD2-400-HF –
BD2.-1250-L.. 1.27 BD2-AK2X/CEE325S33(/FORMP) 4.57 BD2-400-HFE –
BD2.-1250-Z.. 1.88 BD2-AK.2M2/A323 5.1 BD2-400-VF –
BD2.-400-T.. 2.00 BD2-AK2M2/CEE325A323 6.7 BD2-1250-EK 2.46
BD2.-400-K.. 2.67 BD2-AK2X/CEE635S33(/FORMP) 5.8 BD2-1250-FE –
BD2.-1000-T.. 2.00 BD2-AK2X/2CEE165S14 7.9 BD2-1250-BB –
BD2.-1000-K.. 2.67 BD2-AK2X/2CEE165S27(/FORMP) 6.1 BD2-1250-HF –
BD2.-1250-T.. 2.00 BD2-AK2M2/2SD163CEE165A163 6.9 BD2-1250-HFE –
BD2.-1250-K.. 2.67 BD2-AK2M2/2CEE165A163 9.4 BD2-1250-VF –
Feeder units kWh BD2-AK.2M2/A323N 5.1 BD2-FFE –
BD2.-250-EE 3.20 BD2-AK.2M2/A633 5 BD2-FF –
BD2.-250-VE 3.00 BD2-AK.2M2/A633N 5.3 BD2-FAS –
BD2.-400-EE 3.50 BD2-AK2X/3BS133GB131 7.9 BD2-AK...-IP55 –
BD2.-400-ME 3.90 BD2-AK2X/3BS133A131 5.9 BD2-400-FS. –
BD2.-400-VE 3.20 BD2-AK.2X/GB323 7.6 BD2-1250-FS. –
BD2.-1000-EE
BD2.-1250-EE
3.80
4.10
BD2-AK.2X/GB633
BD2-AK.2X/F1451-3(N)
7.9
5.9
BD2-SD163
BD2-CEE163
0.1
0.2
5
BD2.-1000-VE 3.60 BD2-AK.2X/F2258-3(N) 6.1 BD2-CEE165 0.2
BD2.-1250-VE 4.00 BD2-AK.3X/LSD40-3 9.79 BD2-CEE325 0.3
BD2-1000-ME 8.10 BD2-AK.3X/LSD63-3 9.79 BD2-AG –
Ancillary equipment units BD2-AK.3X/LSD80-3 9.79 BD2-APO –
BD2-GKX/F 0.4 BD2-AK.3X/LSD100-3 9.79 BD2-APM –
BD2-GKM2/F 1.5 BD2-AK.3X/LSD125-3 9.79
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/21

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units

With aluminum busbars
Version Rated current Length Tap-off points DT Tap-off point distance 0.5 m PS* Weight
Ie L1, L2, L3, N, 1/2 PE per unit
A m m Type Order No. kg
Standard lengths, with tap-off points on both sides
With joint block 160 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-160-SB-3 BVP:261410 1 unit 20.000
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2A-2-160-SB-2 BVP:260958 1 unit 14.000
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2A-2-160-SB-1 BVP:260957 1 unit 8.400
NSV0_00507 250 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-250-SB-3 BVP:261413 1 unit 22.200
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2A-2-250-SB-2 BVP:261412 1 unit 16.500
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2A-2-250-SB-1 BVP:261411 1 unit 8.600
400 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-400-SB-3 BVP:261419 1 unit 26.800
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2A-2-400-SB-2 BVP:261418 1 unit 19.600
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2A-2-400-SB-1 BVP:261417 1 unit 12.300
630 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-630-SB-3 BVP:261431 1 unit 36.600
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2A-2-630-SB-2 BVP:261430 1 unit 27.900
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2A-2-630-SB-1 BVP:261429 1 unit 15.900
800 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-800-SB-3 BVP:261437 1 unit 38.400
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2A-2-800-SB-2 BVP:261436 1 unit 26.500
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2A-2-800-SB-1 BVP:261435 1 unit 18.500
1000 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-1000-SB-3 BVP:261443 1 unit 48.800
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2A-2-1000-SB-2 BVP:261442 1 unit 33.500
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2A-2-1000-SB-1 BVP:261441 1 unit 22.400
Standard lengths, without tap-off points
With joint block 400 3.25 -- -- X BD2A-2-400-SO-3 BVP:261422 1 unit 26.100
2.25 -- -- X BD2A-2-400-SO-2 BVP:261421 1 unit 19.600
1.25 -- -- X BD2A-2-400-SO-1 BVP:261420 1 unit 12.300
NSV0_00508 630 3.25 -- -- X BD2A-2-630-SO-3 BVP:261434 1 unit 37.600
2.25 -- -- X BD2A-2-630-SO-2 BVP:261433 1 unit 28.900
1.25 -- -- X BD2A-2-630-SO-1 BVP:261432 1 unit 17.200
800 3.25 -- -- X BD2A-2-800-SO-3 BVP:261440 1 unit 39.400
2.25 -- -- X BD2A-2-800-SO-2 BVP:261439 1 unit 27.500
1.25 -- -- X BD2A-2-800-SO-1 BVP:261438 1 unit 19.000
1000 3.25 -- -- X BD2A-2-1000-SO-3 BVP:261446 1 unit 49.800
2.25 -- -- X BD2A-2-1000-SO-2 BVP:261445 1 unit 34.500
1.25 -- -- X BD2A-2-1000-SO-1 BVP:261444 1 unit 22.900
Special colors available on request.
Version Type suffix Order No. PS* Weight

per unit
approx.
kg
Fire barriers (optional)
Fire barriers S90 X +BD2-S90-BX*-M* BVP:931956 1 unit 1.000
5 Fire barriers S120
For BX* specify the required dimension in meters from the center
X +BD2-S120-BX*-M* BVP:931959 1 unit 1.500
of the joint block (end without joint block) to the center of the fire
wall or fire ceiling, for -M* specify the wall or ceiling thickness.
For configuring of the fire barriers see page 5/94.
For approval in Germany:
BD2-S90(S120)-ZUL-D fire barrier approval kit
see page 5/69.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units
Ie L1, L2, L3, N, PE per unit
With joint block 160 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2A-3-160-SB-3 BVP:261480 1 unit 20.000
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2A-3-160-SB-2 BVP:261479 1 unit 14.000
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2A-3-160-SB-1 BVP:261478 1 unit 8.400
NSV0_00507 250 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2A-3-250-SB-3 BVP:261483 1 unit 22.200
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2A-3-250-SB-2 BVP:261482 1 unit 16.500
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2A-3-250-SB-1 BVP:261481 1 unit 8.600
400 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2A-3-400-SB-3 BVP:261489 1 unit 26.000
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2A-3-400-SB-2 BVP:261488 1 unit 19.000
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2A-3-400-SB-1 BVP:261487 1 unit 12.000
630 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2A-3-630-SB-3 BVP:261501 1 unit 36.600
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2A-3-630-SB-2 BVP:261500 1 unit 27.900
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2A-3-630-SB-1 BVP:261499 1 unit 15.900
800 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2A-3-800-SB-3 BVP:261507 1 unit 39.900
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2A-3-800-SB-2 BVP:261506 1 unit 27.500
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2A-3-800-SB-1 BVP:261505 1 unit 19.100
1000 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2A-3-1000-SB-3 BVP:261513 1 unit 51.000
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2A-3-1000-SB-2 BVP:261512 1 unit 35.000
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2A-3-1000-SB-1 BVP:261511 1 unit 23.200
With joint block 400 3.25 -- -- X BD2A-3-400-SO-3 BVP:261492 1 unit 25.300
2.25 -- -- X BD2A-3-400-SO-2 BVP:261491 1 unit 19.000
1.25 -- -- X BD2A-3-400-SO-1 BVP:261490 1 unit 12.000
NSV0_00508 630 3.25 -- -- X BD2A-3-630-SO-3 BVP:261504 1 unit 37.600
2.25 -- -- X BD2A-3-630-SO-2 BVP:261503 1 unit 28.900
1.25 -- -- X BD2A-3-630-SO-1 BVP:261502 1 unit 17.200
800 3.25 -- -- X BD2A-3-800-SO-3 BVP:261510 1 unit 40.900
2.25 -- -- X BD2A-3-800-SO-2 BVP:261509 1 unit 28.500
1.25 -- -- X BD2A-3-800-SO-1 BVP:261508 1 unit 19.600
1000 3.25 -- -- X BD2A-3-1000-SO-3 BVP:261516 1 unit 52.000
2.25 -- -- X BD2A-3-1000-SO-2 BVP:261515 1 unit 36.000
1.25 -- -- X BD2A-3-1000-SO-1 BVP:261514 1 unit 23.700
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units
Optional lengths, with tap-off points on both sides
With joint block 160 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-160-WB-3W* BVP:261447 1 unit 20.000
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2A-2-160-WB-2W* BVP:261448 1 unit 15.000
250 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-250-WB-3W* BVP:261449 1 unit 21.900
NSV0_00507 1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2A-2-250-WB-2W* BVP:261450 1 unit 16.300
400 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-400-WB-3W* BVP:261453 1 unit 26.100
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2A-2-400-WB-2W* BVP:261454 1 unit 19.100
630 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-630-WB-3W* BVP:261457 1 unit 45.600
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2A-2-630-WB-2W* BVP:261458 1 unit 30.900
800 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-800-WB-3W* BVP:261459 1 unit 44.400
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2A-2-800-WB-2W* BVP:261460 1 unit 30.500
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-2-1000-WB-3W* BVP:261461 1 unit 54.800
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2A-2-1000-WB-2W* BVP:261462 1 unit 37.500
Optional lengths, without tap-off points
With joint block 400 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2A-2-400-WO-3W* BVP:261463 1 unit 26.100
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2A-2-400-WO-2W* BVP:261464 1 unit 19.100
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2A-2-400-WO-1W* BVP:261465 1 unit 11.900
NSV0_00508 630 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2A-2-630-WO-3W* BVP:261469 1 unit 45.600
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2A-2-630-WO-2W* BVP:261470 1 unit 30.900
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2A-2-630-WO-1W* BVP:261471 1 unit 18.200
800 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2A-2-800-WO-3W* BVP:261472 1 unit 44.400
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2A-2-800-WO-2W* BVP:261473 1 unit 30.500
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2A-2-800-WO-1W* BVP:261474 1 unit 19.300
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2A-2-1000-WO-3W* BVP:261475 1 unit 54.800
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2A-2-1000-WO-2W* BVP:261476 1 unit 37.500
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2A-2-1000-WO-1W* BVP:261477 1 unit 23.200
For W*, you must specify the required dimension in meters For optional lengths, see page 5/81.
between the center of one joint block to the center of the next,
e.g. -3W2.50. Special colors available on request.

per unit
approx.
kg
5 BD2-S90(S120)-ZUL-D fire barrier approval kit
see page 5/69.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units
With joint block 160 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-3-160-WB-3W* BVP:261517 1 unit 20.000
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2A-3-160-WB-2W* BVP:261518 1 unit 15.000
250 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-3-250-WB-3W* BVP:261519 1 unit 21.900
NSV0_00507 1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2A-3-250-WB-2W* BVP:261520 1 unit 16.300
400 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-3-400-WB-3W* BVP:261523 1 unit 25.300
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2A-3-400-WB-2W* BVP:261524 1 unit 18.500
630 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-3-630-WB-3W* BVP:261527 1 unit 45.600
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2A-3-630-WB-2W* BVP:261528 1 unit 30.900
800 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-3-800-WB-3W* BVP:261529 1 unit 45.900
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2A-3-800-WB-2W* BVP:261530 1 unit 31.500
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2A-3-1000-WB-3W* BVP:261531 1 unit 57.000
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2A-3-1000-WB-2W* BVP:261532 1 unit 39.000
With joint block 400 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2A-3-400-WO-3W* BVP:261533 1 unit 25.300
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2A-3-400-WO-2W* BVP:261534 1 unit 18.500
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2A-3-400-WO-1W* BVP:261535 1 unit 11.600
NSV0_00508 630 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2A-3-630-WO-3W* BVP:261539 1 unit 45.600
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2A-3-630-WO-2W* BVP:261540 1 unit 30.900
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2A-3-630-WO-1W* BVP:261541 1 unit 18.200
800 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2A-3-800-WO-3W* BVP:261542 1 unit 45.900
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2A-3-800-WO-2W* BVP:261543 1 unit 31.500
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2A-3-800-WO-1W* BVP:261544 1 unit 19.900
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2A-3-1000-WO-3W* BVP:261545 1 unit 57.000
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2A-3-1000-WO-2W* BVP:261546 1 unit 39.000
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2A-3-1000-WO-1W* BVP:261547 1 unit 24.000
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units
With copper busbars
With joint block 160 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-160-SB-3 BVP:261631 1 unit 26.400
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-160-SB-2 BVP:261630 1 unit 18.400
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-2-160-SB-1 BVP:261629 1 unit 10.800
NSV0_00507 250 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-250-SB-3 BVP:261634 1 unit 27.500
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-250-SB-2 BVP:261633 1 unit 20.100
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-2-250-SB-1 BVP:261632 1 unit 10.600
400 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-400-SB-3 BVP:261640 1 unit 33.200
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-400-SB-2 BVP:261639 1 unit 23.900
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-2-400-SB-1 BVP:261638 1 unit 14.700
630 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-630-SB-3 BVP:261652 1 unit 47.300
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-630-SB-2 BVP:261651 1 unit 35.300
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-2-630-SB-1 BVP:261650 1 unit 19.900
800 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-800-SB-3 BVP:261658 1 unit 57.400
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-800-SB-2 BVP:261657 1 unit 39.500
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-2-800-SB-1 BVP:261656 1 unit 25.600
1000 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-1000-SB-3 BVP:261664 1 unit 76.800
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-1000-SB-2 BVP:261663 1 unit 52.800
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-2-1000-SB-1 BVP:261662 1 unit 32.900
1250 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-1250-SB-3 BVP:261670 1 unit 112.900
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-1250-SB-2 BVP:261669 1 unit 77.600
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-2-1250-SB-1 BVP:261668 1 unit 46.400
With joint block 400 3.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-400-SO-3 BVP:261643 1 unit 32.500
2.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-400-SO-2 BVP:261642 1 unit 23.900
1.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-400-SO-1 BVP:261641 1 unit 14.700
NSV0_00508 630 3.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-630-SO-3 BVP:261655 1 unit 48.300
2.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-630-SO-2 BVP:261654 1 unit 36.300
1.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-630-SO-1 BVP:261653 1 unit 21.200
800 3.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-800-SO-3 BVP:261661 1 unit 58.400
2.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-800-SO-2 BVP:261660 1 unit 40.500
1.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-800-SO-1 BVP:261659 1 unit 26.100
1000 3.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-1000-SO-3 BVP:261667 1 unit 77.800
2.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-1000-SO-2 BVP:261666 1 unit 53.800
1.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-1000-SO-1 BVP:261665 1 unit 33.400
1250 3.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-1250-SO-3 BVP:261673 1 unit 113.900
2.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-1250-SO-2 BVP:261672 1 unit 78.600
1.25 -- -- X BD2C-2-1250-SO-1 BVP:261671 1 unit 46.900

per unit
approx.
5 Fire barriers (optional)

kg
see page 5/69.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units
With copper busbars
With joint block 160 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-160-SB-3 BVP:261712 1 unit 26.400
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-160-SB-2 BVP:261711 1 unit 18.400
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-3-160-SB-1 BVP:261710 1 unit 10.800
NSV0_00507 250 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-250-SB-3 BVP:261715 1 unit 27.500
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-250-SB-2 BVP:261714 1 unit 20.100
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-3-250-SB-1 BVP:261713 1 unit 10.600
400 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-400-SB-3 BVP:261721 1 unit 34.400
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-400-SB-2 BVP:261720 1 unit 24.700
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-3-400-SB-1 BVP:261719 1 unit 15.100
630 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-630-SB-3 BVP:261733 1 unit 47.300
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-630-SB-2 BVP:261732 1 unit 35.300
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-3-630-SB-1 BVP:261731 1 unit 19.900
800 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-800-SB-3 BVP:261739 1 unit 60.800
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-800-SB-2 BVP:261738 1 unit 41.900
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-3-800-SB-1 BVP:261737 1 unit 26.900
1000 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-1000-SB-3 BVP:261745 1 unit 80.700
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-1000-SB-2 BVP:261744 1 unit 55.500
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-3-1000-SB-1 BVP:261743 1 unit 34.400
1250 3.25 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-1250-SB-3 BVP:261751 1 unit 120.900
2.25 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-1250-SB-2 BVP:261750 1 unit 83.100
1.25 4 0.5 X BD2C-3-1250-SB-1 BVP:261749 1 unit 49.400
With joint block 400 3.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-400-SO-3 BVP:261724 1 unit 33.700
2.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-400-SO-2 BVP:261723 1 unit 24.700
1.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-400-SO-1 BVP:261722 1 unit 15.100
NSV0_00508 630 3.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-630-SO-3 BVP:261736 1 unit 48.300
2.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-630-SO-2 BVP:261735 1 unit 36.300
1.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-630-SO-1 BVP:261734 1 unit 21.200
800 3.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-800-SO-3 BVP:261742 1 unit 61.800
2.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-800-SO-2 BVP:261741 1 unit 42.900
1.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-800-SO-1 BVP:261740 1 unit 27.400
1000 3.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-1000-SO-3 BVP:261748 1 unit 81.700
2.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-1000-SO-2 BVP:261747 1 unit 56.500
1.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-1000-SO-1 BVP:261746 1 unit 34.900
1250 3.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-1250-SO-3 BVP:261754 1 unit 121.900
2.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-1250-SO-2 BVP:261753 1 unit 84.100
1.25 -- -- X BD2C-3-1250-SO-1 BVP:261752 1 unit 49.900
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units
With copper busbars
With joint block 160 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-160-WB-3W* BVP:261674 1 unit 26.400
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-160-WB-2W* BVP:261675 1 unit 19.400
250 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-250-WB-3W* BVP:261676 1 unit 27.200
NSV0_00507 1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-250-WB-2W* BVP:261677 1 unit 19.900
400 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-400-WB-3W* BVP:261680 1 unit 32.500
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-400-WB-2W* BVP:261681 1 unit 23.400
630 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-630-WB-3W* BVP:261684 1 unit 56.300
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-630-WB-2W* BVP:261685 1 unit 38.300
800 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-800-WB-3W* BVP:261686 1 unit 63.400
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-800-WB-2W* BVP:261687 1 unit 43.500
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-1000-WB-3W* BVP:261688 1 unit 82.800
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-1000-WB-2W* BVP:261689 1 unit 56.800
1250 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-2-1250-WB-3W* BVP:261690 1 unit 118.900
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-2-1250-WB-2W* BVP:261691 1 unit 81.600
With joint block 400 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-400-WO-3W* BVP:261692 1 unit 32.500
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-400-WO-2W* BVP:261693 1 unit 23.400
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-400-WO-1W* BVP:261694 1 unit 14.300
NSV0_00508 630 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-630-WO-3W* BVP:261698 1 unit 56.300
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-630-WO-2W* BVP:261699 1 unit 38.300
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-630-WO-1W* BVP:261700 1 unit 22.200
800 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-800-WO-3W* BVP:261701 1 unit 63.400
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-800-WO-2W* BVP:261702 1 unit 43.500
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-800-WO-1W* BVP:261703 1 unit 26.400
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-1000-WO-3W* BVP:261704 1 unit 82.800
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-1000-WO-2W* BVP:261705 1 unit 56.800
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-1000-WO-1W* BVP:261706 1 unit 33.700
1250 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-1250-WO-3W* BVP:261707 1 unit 118.900
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-1250-WO-2W* BVP:261708 1 unit 81.600
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2C-2-1250-WO-1W* BVP:261709 1 unit 47.200
For W*, you must specify the required dimension in meters For optional lengths, see page 5/81.
between the center of one joint block to the center of the next,
e.g. -3W2.50. Special colors available on request.

per unit
approx.
kg
5 of the joint block (end without joint block) to the center of the fire
see page 5/69.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Trunking units
With copper busbars
With joint block 160 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-160-WB-3W* BVP:261755 1 unit 26.400
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-160-WB-2W* BVP:261756 1 unit 19.400
250 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-250-WB-3W* BVP:261757 1 unit 27.200
NSV0_00507 1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-250-WB-2W* BVP:261758 1 unit 19.900
400 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-400-WB-3W* BVP:261761 1 unit 33.700
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-400-WB-2W* BVP:261762 1 unit 24.200
630 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-630-WB-3W* BVP:261765 1 unit 56.300
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-630-WB-2W* BVP:261766 1 unit 38.300
800 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-800-WB-3W* BVP:261767 1 unit 66.800
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-800-WB-2W* BVP:261768 1 unit 45.900
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-1000-WB-3W* BVP:261769 1 unit 86.700
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-1000-WB-2W* BVP:261770 1 unit 59.500
1250 2.26 ... 3.24 8 ... 12 0.5 X BD2C-3-1250-WB-3W* BVP:261771 1 unit 126.900
1.26 ... 2.24 4 ... 8 0.5 X BD2C-3-1250-WB-2W* BVP:261772 1 unit 87.100
With joint block 400 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-400-WO-3W* BVP:261773 1 unit 33.700
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-400-WO-2W* BVP:261774 1 unit 24.200
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-400-WO-1W* BVP:261775 1 unit 14.700
NSV0_00508 630 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-630-WO-3W* BVP:261779 1 unit 56.300
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-630-WO-2W* BVP:261780 1 unit 38.300
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-630-WO-1W* BVP:261781 1 unit 22.200
800 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-800-WO-3W* BVP:261782 1 unit 66.800
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-800-WO-2W* BVP:261783 1 unit 45.900
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-800-WO-1W* BVP:261784 1 unit 27.700
1000 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-1000-WO-3W* BVP:261785 1 unit 86.700
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-1000-WO-2W* BVP:261786 1 unit 59.500
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-1000-WO-1W* BVP:261787 1 unit 34.900
1250 2.26 ... 3.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-1250-WO-3W* BVP:261788 1 unit 126.900
1.26 ... 2.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-1250-WO-2W* BVP:261789 1 unit 87.100
0.50 ... 1.24 -- -- X BD2C-3-1250-WO-1W* BVP:261790 1 unit 50.200
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units

Version Length/ DT Rated current Ie PS* Weight
Optional length 160 A, 250 A, 400 A per unit
approx.
Type Order No. kg
L-units (with joint block)
(fitted to Y as standard)
Knee, rear X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LH BVP:261793 1 unit 8.500
NSV0_004 Y0.36
28
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LH-X* BVP:261846 1 unit 18.000
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LH-Y* BVP:261847 1 unit 18.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LH-X*/Y* BVP:261848 1 unit 28.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LV BVP:261796 1 unit 8.500

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LV-X* BVP:261849 1 unit 18.000
Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LV-Y* BVP:261850 1 unit 18.000
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LV-X*/Y* BVP:261851 1 unit 28.000
NSV0_00429
X Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, right X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LR BVP:261795 1 unit 8.000

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LR-X* BVP:261852 1 unit 18.000
NSV0_00430
Y Y0.36
X
X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LR-Y* BVP:261853 1 unit 18.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LR-X*/Y* BVP:261854 1 unit 28.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LL BVP:261794 1 unit 8.000
NSV0_004
31
Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LL-X* BVP:261855 1 unit 18.000
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LL-Y* BVP:261856 1 unit 18.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LL-X*/Y* BVP:261857 1 unit 28.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Optional lengths: For X* and Y* you must specify the required

dimension in meters from the center of the joint block to the out-
side edge of the trunking unit (see also page 5/81).

per unit
approx.
5
kg
Fire barriers for L-units (optional)
Fire barriers S90 in X dimension X +BD2-S90-BX*-M* BVP:931956 1 unit 1.000
Fire barriers S90 in Y dimension X +BD2-S90-BY*-M* BVP:931957 1 unit 1.000
For BX* or BY you must specify the required dimension in meters For configuring of the fire barriers see page 5/94.
from the center of the joint block (for BX*: end without joint block)
to the center of the fire wall or fire ceiling, for M* specify the wall For approval in Germany:
or ceiling thickness. BD2-S90(S120)-ZUL-D fire barrier approval kit
see page 5/69.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
approx.
Type Order kg
Knee, rear X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LH BVP:261803 1 unit 17.000
NSV0_004 Y0.36
28
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LH-X* BVP:261874 1 unit 38.000
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LH-Y* BVP:261875 1 unit 38.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LH-X*/Y* BVP:261876 1 unit 59.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LV BVP:261806 1 unit 17.000

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LV-X* BVP:261877 1 unit 38.000
Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LV-Y* BVP:261878 1 unit 38.000
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LV-X*/Y* BVP:261879 1 unit 59.000
NSV0_00429
X Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, right X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LR BVP:261805 1 unit 17.000

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LR-X* BVP:261880 1 unit 38.000
NSV0_00430
Y Y0.36
X
X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LR-Y* BVP:261881 1 unit 38.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LR-X*/Y* BVP:261882 1 unit 59.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LL BVP:261804 1 unit 17.000
NSV0_004
31
Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LL-X* BVP:261827 1 unit 38.000
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LL-Y* BVP:261828 1 unit 38.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LL-X*/Y* BVP:261829 1 unit 59.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
approx.
Type Order No. kg
Z-units (with joint block)
Rear X0.36/ X BD2A-400-ZH-Z* BVP:261814 1 unit 13.000
NSV0_004 Y0.36/
32
Z0.14 ... 1.25
X X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2A-400-ZH-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261822 1 unit 16.000
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.14 ... 1.25
Front X0.36/ X BD2A-400-ZV-Z* BVP:261813 1 unit 13.000

Y0.36/
Z0.14 ... 1.25
Y X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2A-400-ZV-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261821 1 unit 16.000
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.14 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
33
X
Right X0.36/ X BD2A-400-ZR-Z* BVP:261811 1 unit 13.000
Y0.36/
Z Z0.34 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
Y
34 X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2A-400-ZR-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261819 1 unit 16.000
Y0.36 ... 0.60/
X Z0.34 ... 1.25
Left X0.36/ X BD2A-400-ZL-Z* BVP:261812 1 unit 13.000

NSV0_004 Y0.36/
35
Z0.34 ... 1.25
Z X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2A-400-ZL-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261820 1 unit 16.000
Y X
Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.34 ... 1.25

side edge of the trunking unit, for Z* from the outer edge to the
outer edge of the trunking unit (see also page 5/81)
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
approx.
Type Order No. kg
Rear X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-ZH-Z* BVP:261818 1 unit 26.000
NSV0_004 Y0.36/
32
Z0.26 ... 1.25
X X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2A-1000-ZH-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261826 1 unit 32.000
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.26 ... 1.25
Front X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-ZV-Z* BVP:261817 1 unit 26.000

Y0.36/
Z0.26 ... 1.25
Y X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2A-1000-ZV-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261825 1 unit 32.000
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.26 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
33
X
Right X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-ZR-Z* BVP:261815 1 unit 26.000
Y0.36/
Z Z0.34 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
Y
34 X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2A-1000-ZR-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261823 1 unit 32.000
Y0.36 ... 0.60/
X Z0.34 ... 1.25
Left X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-ZL-Z* BVP:261816 1 unit 26.000

NSV0_004 Y0.36/
35
Z0.34 ... 1.25
Z X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2A-1000-ZL-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261824 1 unit 32.000
Y X
Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.34 ... 1.25

outer edge of the trunking unit (see also page 5/81).
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
approx.
Type Order No. kg
L-units (with joint block),
with engineered angle 85° ... 175°
Knee, rear X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LH-G* BVP:261858 1 unit 8.000
NSV0_004 Y0.36
36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LH-X*-G* BVP:261859 1 unit 18.000
X Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LH-Y*-G* BVP:261860 1 unit 18.000
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
85˚ – 75˚ X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LH-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261861 1 unit 28.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LV-G* BVP:261862 1 unit 8.000

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LV-X*-G* BVP:261863 1 unit 18.000
Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LV-Y*-G* BVP:261864 1 unit 18.000
85˚ – 175˚ Y0.36 ... 1.25
Y
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LV-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261865 1 unit 28.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
37
Elbow, right X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LR-G* BVP:261866 1 unit 8.000

Y0.36
Y X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LR-X*-G* BVP:261867 1 unit 18.000
85˚ – 175˚ Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LR-Y*-G* BVP:261868 1 unit 18.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
38 X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LR-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261869 1 unit 28.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LL-G* BVP:261870 1 unit 8.000
Y0.36
X NSV0_004
39
Y X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LL-X*-G* BVP:261871 1 unit 18.000
Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2A-400-LL-Y*-G* BVP:261872 1 unit 18.000
85˚-175˚ Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-400-LL-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261873 1 unit 28.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow: For G* you must specify the required number of degrees

in 5° increments.
5 Version Type suffix Order No. PS* Weight

per unit
approx.
kg
to the center of the fire wall or fire ceiling, for M* specify the wall For approval in Germany:
or ceiling thickness. BD2-S90(S120)-ZUL-D fire barrier approval kit
see page 5/69.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
approx.
Type Order No. kg
Knee, rear X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LH-G* BVP:261830 1 unit 17.000
NSV0_004 Y0.36
36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LH-X*-G* BVP:261831 1 unit 38.000
X Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LH-Y*-G* BVP:261832 1 unit 38.000
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
85˚ – 75˚ X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LH-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261833 1 unit 59.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LV-G* BVP:261834 1 unit 17.000

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LV-X*-G* BVP:261835 1 unit 38.000
Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LV-Y*-G* BVP:261836 1 unit 38.000
85˚ – 175˚ Y0.36 ... 1.25
Y
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LV-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261837 1 unit 59.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
37
Elbow, right X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LR-G* BVP:261838 1 unit 17.000

Y0.36
Y X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LR-X*-G* BVP:261839 1 unit 38.000
85˚ – 175˚ Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LR-Y*-G* BVP:261840 1 unit 38.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
38 X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LR-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261841 1 unit 59.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LL-G* BVP:261842 1 unit 17.000
Y0.36
X NSV0_004
39
Y X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LL-X*-G* BVP:261843 1 unit 38.000
Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2A-1000-LL-Y*-G* BVP:261844 1 unit 38.000
85˚-175˚ Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2A-1000-LL-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261845 1 unit 59.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25

in 5° increments.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
Version Length DT Rated current Ie PS* Weight
160 A, 250 A, 400 A per unit
approx.
Type Order No. kg
Flexible junction units (with joint block)
1.25 X BD2-400-R BVP:045889 1 unit 11.000
NSV0_00440
T-units (with joint block)

Rear 0.36 X BD2A-400-TH BVP:261797 1 unit 12.800
NSV0_00441
Front 0.36 X BD2A-400-TV BVP:261800 1 unit 12.800

NSV0_00442
Right 0.36 X BD2A-400-TR BVP:261799 1 unit 12.800
NSV0_004
43
Left 0.36 X BD2A-400-TL BVP:261798 1 unit 12.800
NSV0_0
0444
K-units (with joint block)

Front/rear 0.36 X BD2A-400-KVH BVP:261792 1 unit 15.300
NSV0_004
45
5
Right/left 0.36 X BD2A-400-KRL BVP:261791 1 unit 15.300
NSV0_004
46
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
630 A, 800 A, 1000 A1) per unit
approx.
Type Order No. kg
1.75 1) X BD2-800-R BVP:045890 1 unit 22.000
NSV0_00440

Rear 0.36 X BD2A-1000-TH BVP:261807 1 unit 25.000
NSV0_00441
Front 0.36 X BD2A-1000-TV BVP:261810 1 unit 25.000

NSV0_00442
Right 0.36 X BD2A-1000-TR BVP:261809 1 unit 25.000
NSV0_004
43
Left 0.36 X BD2A-1000-TL BVP:261808 1 unit 25.000
NSV0_0
0444

Front/rear 0.36 X BD2A-1000-KVH BVP:261802 1 unit 32.000
NSV0_004
45
5
Right/left 0.36 X BD2A-1000-KRL BVP:261801 1 unit 32.000
NSV0_004
46

1) BD2-800-R for use up to 800 A.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
approx.
Type Order No. kg
Knee, rear X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LH BVP:261885 1 unit 15.200
NSV0_004 Y0.36
28
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LH-X* BVP:261938 1 unit 31.500
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LH-Y* BVP:261939 1 unit 31.500
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LH-X*/Y* BVP:261940 1 unit 48.200
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LV BVP:261888 1 unit 15.200

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LV-X* BVP:261941 1 unit 31.500
Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LV-Y* BVP:261942 1 unit 31.500
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LV-X*/Y* BVP:261943 1 unit 48.200
NSV0_00429
X Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, right X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LR BVP:261887 1 unit 13.300

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LR-X* BVP:261944 1 unit 30.100
NSV0_00430
Y Y0.36
X
X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LR-Y* BVP:261945 1 unit 30.100
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LR-X*/Y* BVP:261946 1 unit 46.600
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LL BVP:261886 1 unit 13.300
NSV0_004
31
Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LL-X* BVP:261947 1 unit 30.100
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LL-Y* BVP:261948 1 unit 30.100
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LL-X*/Y* BVP:261949 1 unit 46.600
Y0.36 ... 1.25


per unit
approx.
kg
5
to the center of the fire wall or fire ceiling, For approval in Germany:
for M* specify the wall or ceiling thickness. BD2-S90(S120)-ZUL-D fire barrier approval kit
see page 5/69.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
Optional length 630 A, 800 A, 1000 A, 1250 A per unit
approx.
Type Order No. kg
Knee, rear X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LH BVP:261895 1 unit 31.900
NSV0_004 Y0.36
28
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LH-X* BVP:261966 1 unit 72.300
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LH-Y* BVP:261967 1 unit 72.300
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LH-X*/Y* BVP:261968 1 unit 112.800
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LV BVP:261898 1 unit 31.900

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LV-X* BVP:261969 1 unit 72.300
Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LV-Y* BVP:261970 1 unit 72.300
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LV-X*/Y* BVP:261971 1 unit 112.800
NSV0_00429
X Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, right X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LR BVP:261897 1 unit 29.500

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LR-X* BVP:261972 1 unit 70.000
NSV0_00430
Y Y0.36
X
X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LR-Y* BVP:261973 1 unit 70.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LR-X*/Y* BVP:261974 1 unit 110.500
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LL BVP:261896 1 unit 29.500
NSV0_004
31
Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LL-X* BVP:261919 1 unit 70.000
X Y0.36
Y X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LL-Y* BVP:261920 1 unit 70.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LL-X*/Y* BVP:261921 1 unit 110.500
Y0.36 ... 1.25

dimension in meters from the center of the joint block to the
outside edge of the trunking unit (see also page 5/81).
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
approx.
Type Order No. kg
Rear X0.36/ X BD2C-400-ZH-Z* BVP:261906 1 unit 29.700
NSV0_004 Y0.36/
32
Z0.14 ... 1.25
X X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2C-400-ZH-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261914 1 unit 37.100
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.14 ... 1.25
Front X0.36/ X BD2C-400-ZV-Z* BVP:261905 1 unit 29.700

Y0.36/
Z0.14 ... 1.25
Y X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2C-400-ZV-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261913 1 unit 37.100
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.14 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
33
X
Right X0.36/ X BD2C-400-ZR-Z* BVP:261903 1 unit 27.600
Y0.36/
Z Z0.34 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
Y
34 X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2C-400-ZR-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261911 1 unit 34.100
Y0.36 ... 0.60/
X Z0.34 ... 1.25
Left X0.36/ X BD2C-400-ZL-Z* BVP:261904 1 unit 27.600

NSV0_004 Y0.36/
35
Z0.34 ... 1.25
Z X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2C-400-ZL-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261912 1 unit 34.100
Y X
Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.34 ... 1.25

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
approx.
Type Order No. kg
Rear X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-ZH-Z* BVP:261910 1 unit 67.800
NSV0_004 Y0.36/
32
Z0.26 ... 1.25
X X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2C-1250-ZH-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261918 1 unit 83.500
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.26 ... 1.25
Front X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-ZV-Z* BVP:261909 1 unit 67.800

Y0.36/
Z0.26 ... 1.25
Y X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2C-1250-ZV-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261917 1 unit 83.500
Z Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.26 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
33
X
Right X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-ZR-Z* BVP:261907 1 unit 64.300
Y0.36/
Z Z0.34 ... 1.25
NSV0_004
Y
34 X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2C-1250-ZR-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261915 1 unit 78.600
Y0.36 ... 0.60/
X Z0.34 ... 1.25
Left X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-ZL-Z* BVP:261908 1 unit 64.300

NSV0_004 Y0.36/
35
Z0.34 ... 1.25
Z X0.36 ... 0.60/ X BD2C-1250-ZL-X*/Y*/Z* BVP:261916 1 unit 78.600
Y X
Y0.36 ... 0.60/
Z0.34 ... 1.25

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
approx.
Type Order No. kg
Knee, rear X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LH-G* BVP:261950 1 unit 14.700
NSV0_004 Y0.36
36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LH-X*-G* BVP:261951 1 unit 31.500
X Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LH-Y*-G* BVP:261952 1 unit 31.500
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
85˚ – 75˚ X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LH-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261953 1 unit 48.200
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LV-G* BVP:261954 1 unit 14.700

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LV-X*-G* BVP:261955 1 unit 31.500
Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LV-Y*-G* BVP:261956 1 unit 31.500
85˚ – 175˚ Y0.36 ... 1.25
Y
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LV-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261957 1 unit 48.200
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
37
Elbow, right X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LR-G* BVP:261958 1 unit 13.300

Y0.36
Y X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LR-X*-G* BVP:261959 1 unit 30.100
85˚ – 175˚ Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LR-Y*-G* BVP:261960 1 unit 30.100
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
38 X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LR-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261961 1 unit 46.600
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LL-G* BVP:261962 1 unit 13.300
Y0.36
X NSV0_004
39
Y X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LL-X*-G* BVP:261963 1 unit 30.100
Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2C-400-LL-Y*-G* BVP:261964 1 unit 30.100
85˚-175˚ Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-400-LL-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261965 1 unit 46.600
Y0.36 ... 1.25

in 5° increments.
5 Version Type suffix Order No. PS* Weight

per unit
approx.
kg
to the center of the fire wall or fire ceiling, For approval in Germany:
for M* specify the wall or ceiling thickness. BD2-S90(S120)-ZUL-D fire barrier approval kit
see page 5/69.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
approx.
Type Order No. kg
Knee, rear X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LH-G* BVP:261922 1 unit 31.900
NSV0_004 Y0.36
36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LH-X*-G* BVP:261923 1 unit 72.300
X Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LH-Y*-G* BVP:261924 1 unit 72.300
Y Y0.36 ... 1.25
85˚ – 75˚ X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LH-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261925 1 unit 112.800
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Knee, front X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LV-G* BVP:261926 1 unit 31.900

Y0.36
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LV-X*-G* BVP:261927 1 unit 72.300
Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LV-Y*-G* BVP:261928 1 unit 72.300
85˚ – 175˚ Y0.36 ... 1.25
Y
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LV-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261929 1 unit 112.800
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
37
Elbow, right X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LR-G* BVP:261930 1 unit 29.500

Y0.36
Y X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LR-X*-G* BVP:261931 1 unit 70.000
85˚ – 175˚ Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LR-Y*-G* BVP:261932 1 unit 70.000
Y0.36 ... 1.25
X NSV0_004
38 X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LR-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261933 1 unit 110.500
Y0.36 ... 1.25
Elbow, left X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LL-G* BVP:261934 1 unit 29.500
Y0.36
X NSV0_004
39
Y X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LL-X*-G* BVP:261935 1 unit 70.000
Y0.36
X0.36/ X BD2C-1250-LL-Y*-G* BVP:261936 1 unit 70.000
85˚-175˚ Y0.36 ... 1.25
X0.36 ... 1.25/ X BD2C-1250-LL-X*/Y*-G* BVP:261937 1 unit 110.500
Y0.36 ... 1.25

in 5° increments.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
160 A, 250 A, 400 A per unit
approx.
Type Order No. kg
1.25 X BD2-400-R BVP:045889 1 unit 11.000
NSV0_00440

Rear 0.36 X BD2C-400-TH BVP:261889 1 unit 21.900
NSV0_00441
Front 0.36 X BD2C-400-TV BVP:261892 1 unit 21.900

NSV0_00442
Right 0.36 X BD2C-400-TR BVP:261891 1 unit 16.700
NSV0_004
43
Left 0.36 X BD2C-400-TL BVP:261890 1 unit 16.700
NSV0_0
0444

Front/rear 0.36 X BD2C-400-KVH BVP:261884 1 unit 27.100
NSV0_004
45
5
Right/left 0.36 X BD2C-400-KRL BVP:261883 1 unit 20.300
NSV0_004
46
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
With copper busbars
630 A, 800 A, 1000 A, 1250 A1) per unit
approx.
Type Order No. kg
1.75 1) X BD2-800-R BVP:045890 1 unit 22.000
NSV0_00440

Rear 0.36 X BD2C-1250-TH BVP:261899 1 unit 49.300
NSV0_00441
Front 0.36 X BD2C-1250-TV BVP:261902 1 unit 49.300

NSV0_00442
Right 0.36 X BD2C-1250-TR BVP:261901 1 unit 37.700
NSV0_004
43
Left 0.36 X BD2C-1250-TL BVP:261900 1 unit 37.700
NSV0_0
0444

Front/rear 0.36 X BD2C-1250-KVH BVP:261894 1 unit 63.100
NSV0_004
45
5
Right/left 0.36 X BD2C-1250-KRL BVP:261893 1 unit 47.900
NSV0_004
46

1) BD2-800-R for use up to 800 A.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Feeder units

Version DT Rated current Ie PS* Weight DT Rated current Ie PS* Weight
160 A, 250 A per unit 160 A, 250 A, 400 A per unit
approx. approx.
Type Order No. kg Type Order No. kg
Feeder units
End feeder units without joint block
Bolt terminal (bolt included in scope of supply);
PE position can be changed
Cable entry for multi-core cables from the
front
NSV0_00422
• Aluminum X BD2A-250-EE BVP:261993 1 unit 6.600 X BD2A-400-EE BVP:261995 1 unit 13.300

• Copper X BD2C-250-EE BVP:262001 1 unit 8.900 X BD2C-400-EE BVP:262003 1 unit 16.300
With cable entry plate1)
Cable entry for single-core cables from the
front
NSV0_014
52
• Aluminum X BD2A-250-EE- BVP:611093 1 unit 6.600 X BD2A-400-EE- BVP:611097 1 unit 13.300

EBAL EBAL
• Copper X BD2C-250-EE- BVP:611094 1 unit 8.900 X BD2C-400-EE- BVP:611098 1 unit 16.300
EBAL EBAL
With cabling box
Cable entry for multi-core cables from 2 sides
NSV0_014
53
• Aluminum -- X BD2A-400-EE- BVP:611095 1 unit 16.500

KR
• Copper -- X BD2C-400-EE- BVP:611096 1 unit 19.500
KR
With cabling box and cable entry plate1)
Cable entry for single -core cables from
2 sides
NSV0_014
63
• Aluminum -- X BD2A-400-EE- BVP:611099 1 unit 16.500

KR-EBAL
• Copper -- X BD2C-400-EE- BVP:611100 1 unit 19.500
KR-EBAL
Accessories for cable entry, see page 5/69.

1) Single-core cable entry plate, undrilled.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Feeder units

630 A, 800 A, 1000 A per unit 1250 A per unit
approx. approx.
Feeder units
End feeder units without joint block
Cable entry for multi-core cables from the
front
NSV0_00422
• Aluminum X BD2A-1000-EE BVP:261998 1 unit 14.900 –

• Copper X BD2C-1000-EE BVP:262006 1 unit 22.100 X BD2C-1250-EE BVP:262009 1 unit 27.100
Cable entry for single-core cables from the
front
NSV0_014
52
• Aluminum X BD2A-1000-EE- BVP:611103 1 unit 14.900 –

EBAL
EBAL EBAL
With cabling box
NSV0_014
53

KR
KR KR
With cabling box and cable entry plate1)
2 sides
NSV0_014
63

KR-EBAL
KR-EBAL KR-EBAL

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Feeder units

160 A, 250 A per unit 160 A, 250 A, 400 A per unit
approx. approx.
Feeder units
Distribution board feeder units
without joint block
NSV0_00423
• Aluminum X BD2A-250-VE BVP:261994 1 unit 2.100 X BD2A-400-VE BVP:261996 1 unit 3.500

• Copper X BD2C-250-VE BVP:262002 1 unit 4.400 X BD2C-400-VE BVP:262004 1 unit 6.500
Center feeder units
without joint block
edgewise, flat and PE positions can be
changed (by rotating the whole busbar section)
NSV0_00424
• Aluminum – X BD2A-400-ME BVP:261997 1 unit 28.000

• Copper – X BD2C-400-ME BVP:262005 1 unit 36.600
3 sides
NSV0_01464
• Aluminum – X BD2A-400-ME- BVP:611110 1 unit 28.000

MBAL
• Copper – X BD2C-400-ME- BVP:611111 1 unit 36.600
MBAL

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Feeder units

630 A, 800 A, 1000 A per unit 1250 A per unit
approx. approx.
Feeder units
without joint block
Bolt terminal (bolt included in scope of
supply); PE position can be changed
NSV0_00423
• Aluminum X BD2A-1000-VE BVP:261999 1 unit 4.700 –

• Copper X BD2C-1000-VE BVP:262007 1 unit 11.800 X BD2C-1250-VE BVP:262010 1 unit 16.300
Center feeder units
without joint block
Bolt terminal (bolt included in scope of
supply); edgewise, flat and PE positions can
be changed (by rotating the whole busbar
section)
NSV0_00424
• Aluminum X BD2A-1000-ME BVP:262000 1 unit 47.000 –

• Copper X BD2C-1000-ME BVP:262008 1 unit 75.500 –
3 sides
NSV0_01464
• Aluminum X BD2A-1000-ME- BVP:611112 1 unit 47.000 –

MBAL
• Copper X BD2C-1000-ME- BVP:611113 1 unit 75.500 –
MBAL

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A

Version Fuse base Rated current Rated DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
Ie operational per unit
voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
Molded-plastic enclosures, size 1, up to 25 A
With fuse base
• Without socket outlet 3 × D02 25 400 X BD2-AK1/S18 BVP:047112 1 unit 1.150
3 × D01 16 400 X BD2-AK1/S14 BVP:047113 1 unit 1.100
NSV0_00447
• With 2 CEE socket outlets, 2 × D01 16 230 X BD2-AK1/ BVP:047167 1 unit 1.200
3-pole, 16 A 2CEE163S14
NSV0_00449
• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 3 × D01 16 400 X BD2-AK1/ BVP:047230 1 unit 1.200
5-pole, 16 A CEE165S14
NSV0_00450
• With 3 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 3 × D01 16 230 X BD2-AK1/ BVP:047284 1 unit 1.400
3SD163S14
NSV0_00453
M25 cable grommet included in scope of supply.

Gauge screws, fuse links and screw caps are
not included in scope of supply.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Miniature circuit Rated current Rated DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
breaker Ie operational per unit
voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
With miniature circuit breaker
• Without socket outlet 3-pole, 16 A, 16 400 X BD2-AK1/A163 BVP:047146 1 unit 1.400
characteristic C
NSV0_00448
• With 2 CEE socket outlets, 2 × 1-pole, 16 A, 16 230 X BD2-AK1/ BVP:047231 1 unit 1.400
3-pole, 16 A characteristic B 2CEE163A161
NSV0_00451
• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 3-pole, 16 A, 16 400 X BD2-AK1/ BVP:047283 1 unit 1.500
5-pole, 16 A characteristic C CEE165A163
NSV0_00452
• With 3 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 3 × 1-pole, 16 A, 16 230 X BD2-AK1/ BVP:047335 1 unit 1.300
characteristic B 3SD163A161
NSV0_00454
Freely assignable (PV max 13 W)

• Without socket outlet, with Mounting space for 25 400 X BD2-AK1/F BVP:203247 1 unit 0.700
integrated standard mounting rail 4 modular widths (MW)
NSV0_01466

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Fuse base/ miniature Rated current Rated DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
circuit breaker Ie operational per unit
voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
Sheet-steel enclosures, size 02, up to 63 A
With fuse base
3-pole fuse base D02 63 400 X BD2-AK02X/S18 BVP:262438 1 unit 4.140
3-pole fuse base S27, 25 500 X BD2-AK02X/S27 BVP:262439 1 unit 3.940
NSV0_00455
with gauge screw system

3-pole fuse base SP38 25 400 X BD2-AK02X/ BVP:262469 1 unit 5.500
for cylinder fuses F1038-3
10 mm × 38 mm
for cylinder fuses F1038-3N
10 mm × 38 mm
14 mm × 51 mm
14 mm × 51 mm
22 mm × 58 mm
22 mm × 58 mm
3-pole, 32 A, 32 400 X BD2-AK02M2/A323 BVP:262451 1 unit 4.380
characteristic C
NSV0_00456
3-pole + N, 32 A, 32 400 X BD2-AK02M2/A323N BVP:262452 1 unit 4.800

characteristic C
3-pole, 63 A, 63 400 X BD2-AK02M2/A633 BVP:262453 1 unit 5.100
characteristic C
3-pole + N, 63 A, 63 400 X BD2-AK02M2/A633N BVP:262454 1 unit 5.200
characteristic C
Freely assignable (PV max 22.5 W)
• With integrated standard mounting rail Mounting space for 63 690 X BD2-AK02X/F BVP:262457 1 unit 3.800
8 modular widths (MW)
NSV0_00455
• With component mounting unit, Mounting space for 63 690 X BD2-AK02M2/F BVP:262458 1 unit 3.900
8 MW 8 modular widths (MW)
NSV0_00456
5 Special colors available on request.

Gauge screws, fuse links and screw caps
are not included in scope of supply.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Fuse bases Rated current Rated DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
With fuse base
• Without socket outlet 3-pole fuse base D02 63 400 X BD2-AK2X/S18 BVP:203135 1 unit 4.140
NSV0_00457

• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 3-pole fuse base S33, 32 400 X BD2-AK2X/ BVP:203142 1 unit 5.100
5-pole, 32 A with gauge screw system CEE325S33
NSV0_00458
• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 3-pole fuse base S33, 63 400 X BD2-AK2X/ BVP:203146 1 unit 5.680
5-pole, 63 A with gauge screw system CEE635S33
NSV0_00459
• With 2 CEE socket outlets, 2 × 3-pole fuse base D01 16 400 X BD2-AK2X/ BVP:203148 1 unit 4.800
5-pole, 16 A 2CEE165S14
2 × 3-pole fuse base S27, 16 400 X BD2-AK2X/ BVP:203149 1 unit 4.900
NSV0_00460
with gauge screw system 2CEE165S27/FORMP

• Without socket outlet, Mounting space for 63 690 X BD2-AK2X/F BVP:203251 1 unit 3.800
with integrated standard 8 modular widths (MW)
mounting rail
NSV0_00457

Gauge screws, fuse links and screw caps are
not included in scope of supply.
5
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Miniature circuit breaker / Rated current Rated DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
fuse base / Ie operational per unit
switch-disconnector voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
• Without socket outlet 3-pole, 32 A, 32 400 X BD2-AK2M2/A323 BVP:203144 1 unit 4.380
characteristic C
NSV0_00461
• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 3-pole, 32 A, 32 400 X BD2-AK2M2/ BVP:207986 1 unit 4.900
5-pole, 32 A characteristic C CEE325A323
NSV0_00462
• With 1 CEE socket outlet, 3-pole, 16 A, 16 230 X BD2-AK2M2/ BVP:203150 1 unit 5.600
5-pole, 16 A and characteristic B and 2SD163CEE165A163
2 Schuko socket outlets 16 A 2 × 1-pole, 16 A,
characteristic B
NSV0_00463a
• With 2 CEE socket outlets, 2 × 3-pole, 16 A, 16 400 X BD2-AK2M2/ BVP:203151 1 unit 5.400
5-pole, 16 A characteristic C 2CEE165A163
NSV0_00464

• Without socket outlet, Mounting space for 63 690 X BD2-AK2M2/F BVP:203252 1 unit 3.900
with device installation unit 8 modular widths (MW)
NSV0_00461

With fuse base LV HRC fuse base, 125 690 X BD2-AK3X/GS00 BVP:203162 1 unit 5.400
size 00;
bolt terminal
5
NSV0_00471
With fuse switch-disconnector LV HRC fuse switch- 125 690 X BD2-AK3X/GSTZ00 BVP:203163 1 unit 6.960
disconnector, size 00;
bolt terminal
NSV0_00472

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Protective device Rated current Rated DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
With fuse base Bolt terminal
NSV0_00465
22 mm × 58 mm
22 mm × 58 mm
With fuse switch-disconnector LV HRC fuse switch- 125 690 X BD2-AK03X/ BVP:262496 1 unit 6.960
disconnector, size 00; GSTA00
bolt terminal
NSV0_00465
With fuse switch-disconnector Bolt terminal

3-pole, IEC 125 400 X BD2-AK03X/ BVP:262499 1 unit 7.940
FS125IEC-3
NSV0_00467
3-pole, BS 125 400 X BD2-AK03X/ BVP:262500 1 unit 7.940

FS125BS-3
4-pole, IEC 125 400 X BD2-AK03X/ BVP:262501 1 unit 8.280
FS125IEC-4
4-pole, BS 125 400 X BD2-AK03X/ BVP:262502 1 unit 8.280
FS125BS-4
With miniature circuit breaker 3-pole, 125 A, 125 400 X BD2-AK03M2/ BVP:262485 1 unit 5.800
characteristic C A1253
3-pole + N, 125 A, 125 400 X BD2-AK03M2/ BVP:262486 1 unit 6.000
NSV0_00468
characteristic C A1253N

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Circuit breakers Rated current Rated DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
With circuit breaker,
normal switching capacity,
with rotary operating mechanism,
terminal connection
• With thermal-magnetic trip unit 3-pole
3VL27 05 40 400 X BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610402 1 unit 8.500
LSD-DC40-N
NSV0_00470

LSD-DC63-N
LSD-DC80-N
LSD-DC100-N
LSD-DC125-N
• With solid-state trip unit, selective 3-pole
LSD-AE63-N
NSV0_00470

LSD-AE100-N
• With thermal-magnetic trip unit, 4-pole

selective (N release 100 %) 3VL27 05 40 400 X BD2-AK03X/ BVP:610397 1 unit 9.000
LSD-EM40-N
NSV0_00470
LSD-EM63-N
LSD-EM80-N
LSD-EM100-N
LSD-EM125-N

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Motor starter Rated current Rated DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
protector Ie operational per unit
voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
Sheet-steel enclosures, size 04, 05 and 06, up to 530 A
with rotary operating mechanism,
bolt terminals
3VL27 16 160 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610424 1 unit 30.000
LSD-DC160-N
3VL37 20 200 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610430 1 unit 30.000
LSD-DC200-N
3VL37 25 250 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610436 1 unit 30.000
LSD-DC250-N
3VL47 40 400 400 X BD2-AK05/ BVP:610442 1 unit 35.000
LSD-DC400-N
3VL5763 530 400 X BD2-AK06/ BVP:610448 1 unit 40.000
LSD-DC630-N
NSV0_01011
• With solid-state trip unit, 3-pole

selective 3VL27 16 160 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610428 1 unit 30.000
LSD-AE160-N
3VL37 20 200 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610434 1 unit 30.000
LSD-AE200-N
3VL37 25 250 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610440 1 unit 30.000
LSD-AE250-N
3VL47 40 400 400 X BD2-AK05/ BVP:610446 1 unit 35.000
LSD-AE400-N
3VL57 63 530 400 X BD2-AK06/ BVP:610452 1 unit 40.000
LSD-AE630-N
NSV0_01011

selective (N release 60 %) 3VL27 16 160 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610426 1 unit 30.000
LSD-EC160-N
3VL37 20 200 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610432 1 unit 30.000
LSD-EC200-N
3VL37 25 250 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610438 1 unit 30.000
LSD-EC250-N
3VL47 40 400 400 X BD2-AK05/ BVP:610444 1 unit 35.000
LSD-EC400-N
3VL57 63 530 400 X BD2-AK06/ BVP:610450 1 unit 40.000
LSD-EC630-N
NSV0_01011

For BD2-AK04, -AK05 and -AK06, the KT3 or KT4 cable
grommet is included in scope of supply.
The tap-off units, size 05 and 06, are suitable only for
systems 630 A to 1250 A.
5
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Circuit breaker Rated current Rated DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
with motorized operating mechanism,
bolt terminals
3VL27 16 160 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610425 1 unit 30.000
LSM-DC160-N
3VL37 20 200 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610431 1 unit 30.000
LSM-DC200-N
3VL37 25 250 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610437 1 unit 30.000
LSM-DC250-N
3VL47 40 400 400 X BD2-AK05/ BVP:610443 1 unit 35.000
LSM-DC400-N
3VL57 63 530 400 X BD2-AK06/ BVP:610449 1 unit 40.000
LSM-DC630-N
NSV0_01012
• With solid-state trip unit, 3-pole

selective 3VL27 16 160 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610429 1 unit 30.000
LSM-AE160-N
3VL37 20 200 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610435 1 unit 30.000
LSM-AE200-N
3VL37 25 250 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610441 1 unit 30.000
LSM-AE250-N
3VL47 40 400 400 X BD2-AK05/ BVP:610447 1 unit 35.000
LSM-AE400-N
3VL57 63 530 400 X BD2-AK06/ BVP:610453 1 unit 40.000
LSM-AE630-N
NSV0_01012

selective (N release 60 %) 3VL27 16 160 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610427 1 unit 30.000
LSM-EC160-N
3VL37 20 200 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610433 1 unit 30.000
LSM-EC200-N
3VL37 25 250 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610439 1 unit 30.000
LSM-EC250-N
3VL47 40 400 400 X BD2-AK05/ BVP:610445 1 unit 35.000
LSM-EC400-N
3VL57 63 530 400 X BD2-AK06/ BVP:610451 1 unit 40.000
LSM-EC630-N
NSV0_01012

5 The tap-off units, size 05 and 06, are suitable only for
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Fuse base/fuse Rated current Rated DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
switch-disconnector Ie operational per unit
voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
With fuse base, 3-pole, NH1 250 690 X BD2-AK04/SNH1 BVP:610421 1 unit 30.000
bolt terminal NH2 400 690 X BD2-AK05/SNH2 BVP:610422 1 unit 35.000
NH3 530 690 X BD2-AK06/SNH3 BVP:610423 1 unit 40.000
NSV0_01010
Sheet-steel enclosures, size 04 and 05, up to 320 A

With fuse switch-disconnector,
bolt terminal
• 3-pole NH1, IEC 225 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610409 1 unit 30.000
FS250IEC-3
NH1, BS 225 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610411 1 unit 30.000
FS250BS-3
NH2, IEC 320 400 X BD2-AK05/ BVP:610413 1 unit 35.000
FS400IEC-3
FS400BS-3
NSV0_01013
• 4-pole NH1, IEC 225 400 X BD2-AK04/ BVP:610410 1 unit 30.000

FS250IEC-4
FS250BS-4
NH2, IEC 320 400 X BD2-AK05/ BVP:610414 1 unit 35.000
FS400IEC-4
FS400BS-4
NSV0_01013

The tap-off units, size 05 and 06, are suitable only for
5
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A

Version Can be used for Max. power Rated DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
loss Pv operational per unit
voltage Ue approx.
W V kg
Sheet-steel enclosures
Ancillary equipment units,
freely assignable
Built-in standard mounting rail • Overvoltage protection 30 400 X BD2-GKX/F BVP:203165 1 unit 2.800
for 8 MW (MW = modular width) • Remote control/
remote switching
• Intelligence
NSV0_00484
• Electronic control
equipment
• Fuse bases
• Miniature circuit breakers
Sheet-steel enclosures with component mounting unit

Ancillary equipment units,
freely assignable
Built-in standard mounting rail • Remote control/ 30 400 X BD2-GKM2/F BVP:203166 1 unit 2.500
for 8 MW (MW = modular width) remote switching
• Intelligence
• Electronic control
NSV0_00485
equipment
• Miniature circuit breakers

Including sundries for connecting the enclosures.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Tap-off units for Belgium

breakers (MCBs) Ie operational per unit
voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
With miniature circuit breaker Characteristic C
• Without socket outlet 1-pole, 16 A 16 230 X BD2-AK1/A161/1 BVP:203195 1 unit 1.100
2-pole, 16 A 16 230 X BD2-AK1/A162 BVP:203170 1 unit 1.200
3-pole + N, 16 A 16 400 X BD2-AK1/A163N BVP:203171 1 unit 1.400
NSV0_00448

3-pole + N, 20 A 20 400 X BD2-AK1/A203N BVP:203176 1 unit 1.400
• With 2 CEE socket outlets, 2 × 2-pole, 16 A 16 230 X BD2-AK1/ BVP:203172 1 unit 1.500
3-pole, 16 A 2CEE163A162
NSV0_00451
• With 2 socket outlets, 2 × 2-pole, 16 A 16 230 X BD2-AK1/ BVP:203177 1 unit 1.500

3-pole, 16 A 2PC163A162
NSV0_00477

• Without socket outlet 3-pole + N, 32 A 32 400 X BD2-AK2M2/A323N BVP:203178 1 unit 4.800
3-pole, 63 A 63 400 X BD2-AK2M2/A633 BVP:203179 1 unit 5.100
NSV0_00461
3-pole + N, 63 A 63 400 X BD2-AK2M2/A633N BVP:203180 1 unit 5.200
For BD2-AK1/..., the M25 cable grommet is included in

scope of supply.
For BD2-AK2M2/... special colors available on request.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Tap-off units for Denmark

Version Fuse base/ Rated current Rated DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
miniature circuit breaker Ie operational per unit
voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
With fuse base
• With 3 socket outlets 10 A 3 × D01 13 230 X BD2-AK1/ BVP:203167 1 unit 1.200
3DKS103S14
NSV0_00453

• With 3 socket outlets 10 A 3 × 1-pole, 13 A, 13 230 X BD2-AK1/ BVP:203168 1 unit 1.200
characteristic C 3DKS103A131
NSV0_00454
Fuse links and screw caps are not included in scope of supply.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A

voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
With fuse base
• Without socket outlet 3-pole fuse base SP38 25 400 X BD2-AK1/F1038-3 BVP:203189 1 unit 1.100
for cylinder fuses
10 mm × 38 mm
NSV0_00448
4-pole fuse base SP38 25 400 X BD2-AK1/F1038-3-N BVP:203190 1 unit 1.200

for cylinder fuses
10 mm × 38 mm

• Without socket outlet 2-pole, 16 A, 16 230 X BD2-AK1/FI40-162 BVP:214822 1 unit 1.600
characteristic B
+ 2-pole residual-current
NSV0_00448
protective module
40 A/30 mA

With fuse base
• Without socket outlet 3-pole fuse base SP51 32 400 X BD2-AK2X/F1451-3 BVP:203192 1 unit 5.500
for cylinder fuses
14 mm × 51 mm
NSV0_00457
3-pole fuse base SP58 63 400 X BD2-AK2X/F2258-3 BVP:203193 1 unit 5.700

for cylinder fuses
22 mm × 58 mm
For BD2-AK1/..., the M25 cable grommet is included in

scope of supply.
For BD2-AK2X/... special colors available on request.
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A

voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
With fuse base
• Without socket outlet 3 × CM32F 32 400 X BD2-AK2X/GB323 BVP:203236 1 unit 5.500
1 × CM32F, L1 32 230 X BD2-AK2X/GB321L1 BVP:611128 1 unit 4.600
NSV0_00457

3 × CM63F 63 400 X BD2-AK2X/GB633 BVP:203237 1 unit 5.600
• With 3 socket outlets BS1363, 3 × CM32F 13 230 X BD2-AK2X/ BVP:203181 1 unit 5.400
13 A 3BS133GB131
NSV0_00478

• With 3 socket outlets BS1363, 3 × 1-pole, 13 A, 13 230 X BD2-AK2M2/ BVP:203182 1 unit 5.600
13 A characteristic B 3BS133A131
NSV0_00479
Sheet-steel enclosures, size 3, 100 A

With fuse base
NSV0_00471


© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Version Fuse bases Rated current Rated DT Type Order No. PS* Weight
voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
With fuse base
NSV0_00455

Sheet-steel enclosures, size 03, 100 A
With fuse base
NSV0_00465

3 × R100 100 400 X BD2-AK03X/TPNR1003 BVP:611124 1 unit 7.800
1 × R100, L1 100 230 X BD2-AK03X/ BVP:611125 1 unit 6.200
SPNR1001L1
SPNR1001L2
SPNR1001L3
With fuse base 3 × J250 250 400 A BD2-AK04/GB250J-3 BVP:611358 1 unit 32.000
1 × J250, L1 250 230 A BD2-AK04/GB250J-L1 BVP:611359 1 unit 29.000
NSV0_01467

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A

breakers Ie operational per unit
voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
• Without socket outlet 3-pole, 13 A 13 400 X BD2-AK1/A133 BVP:611330 1 unit 1.100
NSV0_00448
• With 3 socket outlets type 23, 16 A 3 × 1-pole, 16 A 16 230 X BD2-AK1/ BVP:611322 1 unit 1.600
3T23-3A161
NSV0_00480
• With 1 socket outlet type 25, 16 A 3-pole, 16 A 16 400 X BD2-AK1/T25-A163 BVP:611324 1 unit 1.400
NSV0_00481
With miniature circuit breaker and Characteristic C

RCCB
• With 2 socket outlets type 23, 16 A 1 × 1-pole, 16 A 16 230 X BD2-AK1/ BVP:611323 1 unit 1.800
2-pole residual-current 2T23-FI162-A161
protective module
NSV0_00509
16 A/30 mA

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
breakers Ie operational per unit
voltage Ue approx.
A V kg
• Without socket outlet 3-pole, 25 A 25 400 X BD2-AK2M2/A253 BVP:611331 1 unit 4.600
NSV0_00461
• With 1 Schuko socket outlet type 23, 1-pole, 16 A; 16 230, 400 X BD2-AK2M2/ BVP:611326 1 unit 5.400
16 A and 3-pole, 16 A T23-A161/
1 CEE socket outlet, 5-pole, 16 A CEE165-A163
NSV0_00464
• With 1 Schuko socket outlet type 25, 2 × 3-pole, 16 A 16 400 X BD2-AK2M2/ BVP:611327 1 unit 5.700
16 A and T25-CEE165-2A163
1 CEE socket outlet, 5-pole, 16 A
NSV0_00464
• With 1 Schuko socket outlet type 23, 1-pole, 16 A; 16, 32 230, 400 X BD2-AK2M2/ BVP:611328 1 unit 5.500
16 A and 3-pole, 32 A T23-A161/
NSV0_00464
• With 1 Schuko socket outlet type 25, 3-pole, 16 A; 16, 32 400 X BD2-AK2M2/ BVP:611329 1 unit 5.700
16 A and 3-pole, 32 A T25-A163/
NSV0_00464
With miniature circuit breaker and Characteristic C

RCCB
• With 1 socket outlet type 25, 16 A 3-pole, 16 A 16 400 X BD2-AK2M2/ BVP:611325 1 unit 4.900
4-pole residual-current
protective module
T25-FI254-A163
5
NSV0_00462
25 A/30 mA
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Accessories

160 A, 250 A, per unit 630 A, 800 A, per unit
400 A approx. 1000 A, 1250 A approx.
Fixing
Joint blocks X BD2-400-SK BVP:203516 1 unit 3.500 X BD2-1250-EK BVP:261989 1 unit 6.480
NSV0_00486
End flanges X BD2-400-FE BVP:043977 1 unit 0.980 X BD2-1250-FE BVP:261990 1 unit 1.280
NSV0_00487
Fixing brackets X BD2-400-BB BVP:045154 1 unit 0.440 X BD2-1250-BB BVP:261987 1 unit 0.540
For flat and edgewise installation
NSV0_00488
Spacers X BD2-DSB BVP:203532 10 units 0.030 X BD2-DSB BVP:203532 10 units 0.030

For 40 mm spacing,
for use with fixing bracket
NSV0_00489
Spacer brackets X BD2-BD BVP:034228 1 unit 0.440 X BD2-BD BVP:034228 1 unit 0.440
For wall and ceiling mounting,
for use with fixing bracket
NSV0_00490
Retaining elements for

vertical busbar lines
• Wall mounting, X BD2-BWV BVP:045503 1 unit 1.560 X BD2-BWV BVP:045503 1 unit 1.560
distance from wall adjustable
NSV0_00491
5 • Ceiling mounting X BD2-BDV BVP:045504 1 unit 4.500 X BD2-BDV BVP:045504 1 unit 4.500
NSV0_00492
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Accessories

Fixing
Fixing brackets X BD2-BVF BVP:203531 1 unit 0.500 X BD2-BVF BVP:203531 1 unit 0.500
For vertical wall mounting
at each connecting flange
NSV0_00493
Protective sleeves X BD2-400-D BVP:045505 1 unit 4.000 X BD2-1250-D BVP:261988 1 unit 4.000
NSV0_00494
Cable entry
Cable entry plates
For single-core cable entry,
undrilled (drilling template included in
scope of supply)
NSV0_00495
• For use with 250 A end feeder units X BD2-250-EBAL BVP:203530 1 unit 0.300 --
• For use with end feeder units or cabling
boxes
- up to 400 A or 1000 A X BD2-400-EBAL BVP:045507 1 unit 0.500 X BD2-1000-EBAL BVP:261976 1 unit 1.000
- for 1250 A -- X BD2-1250-EBAL BVP:261982 1 unit 2.660
• For use with center feeder units
- up to 400 A or 1000 A X BD2-400-MBAL BVP:045509 1 unit 0.500 X BD2-1000-MBAL BVP:261980 1 unit 1.000
Cabling boxes
Cable entry for multi-core cables from
2 sides, for use with feeder units
NSV0_00425
• Up to 400 A or 1000 A X BD2-400-KR BVP:045511 1 unit 3.100 X BD2-1000-KR BVP:261978 1 unit 5.000
5
• For 1250 A -- X BD2-1250-KR BVP:261984 1 unit 5.000
Version DT Rated current Ie PS* Weight

160 ... 1250 A per unit
approx.
Type Order No. kg
Fire barriers
Fire barrier approval kit
(required only for Germany)
• S90 X BD2-S90-ZUL-D BVP:611397 1 unit 0.200
• S120 X BD2-S120-ZUL-D BVP:611398 1 unit 0.200
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Accessories

Flanges for degree of protection IP54
Edgewise mounting position
• At all connection points X BD2-400-HF BVP:045513 1 unit 0.300 X BD2-1250-HF BVP:261991 1 unit 0.520
NSV0_004
96
• At end flanges X BD2-400-HFE BVP:045515 1 unit 0.180 X BD2-1250-HFE BVP:261992 1 unit 0.260
NSV0_004
97
Flat mounting position

• At all connection points X BD2-FF BVP:045517 1 unit 0.600 X BD2-FF BVP:045517 1 unit 0.600
NSV0_004
98
• At end flanges X BD2-FFE BVP:045518 1 unit 0.320 X BD2-FFE BVP:045518 1 unit 0.320
NSV0_00499
• At top tap-off points X BD2-FAS BVP:045519 1 unit 0.220 X BD2-FAS BVP:045519 1 unit 0.220
NSV0_00500
Vertical mounting position

• At all connection points X BD2-400-VF BVP:045520 1 unit 0.200 X BD2-1250-VF BVP:262125 1 unit 0.500
NSV0_00501
• At all tap-off points X BD2-FAS BVP:045519 1 unit 0.220 X BD2-FAS BVP:045519 1 unit 0.220
NSV0_00500
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Accessories

Flanges for degree of protection IP55
Flanges for IP55
• At all connection points X BD2-400-FS BVP:610369 1 unit 1.700 X BD2-1250-FS BVP:610370 1 unit 2.100
NS
V0
_0
10
15
• At end flanges X BD2-400-FSE BVP:610371 1 unit 1.900 X BD2-1250-FSE BVP:610372 1 unit 2.600
NS
V0
_0
10
15
• At tap-off points X BD2-FAS BVP:045519 1 unit 0.220 X BD2-FAS BVP:045519 1 unit 0.220
NSV0_00500
Version For tap-off unit DT Type Order No. PS* Weight

per unit
approx.
Type kg
Seals for tap-off units
BD2-AK1/... X BD2-AK1-IP55 BVP:610373 1 unit 0.030
NSV0_01016
BD2-AK02X/... X BD2-AK02X-IP55 BVP:610374 1 unit 0.040

7
1 01 BD2-AK03X/... X BD2-AK03X-IP55 BVP:610375 1 unit 0.040
_0
V0
NS BD2-AK2X/... X BD2-AK2X-IP55 BVP:611061 1 unit 0.070
BD2-AK3X/... X BD2-AK3X-IP55 BVP:611062 1 unit 0.070
BD2-AK04/...
BD2-AK05/...
X
X
BD2-AK04-IP55
BD2-AK05-IP55
BVP:611063
BVP:611064
1 unit
1 unit
0.050
0.070 5
BD2-AK06/... X BD2-AK06-IP55 BVP:611065 1 unit 0.070
8
01
01
V 0_
NS
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Accessories
Version Socket outlet DT Type Order No. PS* Weight

per unit
approx.
kg
Socket outlets for tap-off units and ancillary equipment units
Socket outlets
With adapter enclosure, with wiring, with fixing kit
• Schuko socket outlet 16 A, 3-pole X BD2-SD163 BVP:203253 1 unit 0.280
NSV0_00502
• CEE socket outlet 16 A, 3-pole X BD2-CEE163 BVP:203254 1 unit 0.260

16 A, 5-pole X BD2-CEE165 BVP:203255 1 unit 0.310
NSV0_00503
32 A, 5-pole X BD2-CEE325 BVP:203256 1 unit 0.350
Adapter enclosures
For socket outlets with fixing kit
X BD2-AG BVP:203257 1 unit 0.150
NSV0_00504
Adapter plates
For use with adapter enclosure
• For customized socket outlet cut-outs X BD2-APO BVP:203258 1 unit 0.090
NSV0_00505
• With socket outlet cut-out, 44 mm diameter X BD2-APM BVP:203259 1 unit 0.060

NSV0_00506
© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
■ Overview
... m Busbar trunking system (see Appendix for diagram)
• Degree of protection IP52, increase to IP54 or IP55 with accessories
• 5-conductor system: L1, L2, L3, N, PE
• Busbars: Nickel-plated and tinned aluminum or tinned copper;
supported by insulated busbar supports
• Tested for sprinkler systems (with additional parts)
• Halogen free system
• Functional endurance E30, E90 (with additional parts)
• Trunking units steel-enclosed, galvanized and with paint finish;
light gray RAL 7035
• Busbar connection via joint block
with built-in expansion compensation
• Tap-off points: On two sides every 0.5 m; offset by 0.25 m
• Made by Siemens
• Type BD2-...
Comprising:
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/73

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Key to type references for BD2 for various conductor versions Sizes of the trunking units (cross-sections)
System size 1 System size 2
BD2 . - . - ... - ... - ...
(Details of length) N L1 L2 L3 ½PE
N L1 L2 L3 ½PE
(Type length)
NSV0_00084a
126
68
Current strength [A]
Aluminum Copper 167 167
160 ... 400 A 630 ... 1250 A
160 160
250 250
BD2A-2, BD2C-2 trunking units
400 400
630 630
800 800 N L1 L2 L3 PE
1000 1000
1250 N L1 L2 L3 PE
NSV0_00086a
126
68
2: L1, L2, L3, 1/1 N, 1/2 PE; 12 tap-off points
3: L1, L2, L3, 1/1 N, 1/1 PE; 12 tap-off points 167 167
(N conductor with 150 or 200 percent 160 ... 400 A 630 ... 1250 A
cross-section on request)
BD2A-3, BD2C-3 trunking units,

A: Aluminum BD2A-..., BD2C-... junction units, feeder units
C: Copper
BD2 . - ... - ... - ...
(Length details with junction unit)
(Type junction unit, feeder unit)
Current strength [A]

Aluminum Copper
2501) 2501)
400 400
1000 10001)
1250
A: Aluminum
C: Copper
5
Busbars System size 1 System size 2
System accessories Junction units Junction units
Feeder units Feeder units
Coupling units (on request) Coupling units (on request)
Accessories Accessories
Tap-off units Molded-plastic enclosure up to 25 A Molded-plastic enclosure up to 25 A
With circuit breaker up to 250 A With circuit breaker up to 250 A
With fuse up to 250 A With fuse up to 250 A
With circuit breaker up to 630 A
With fuse up to 630 A
5/74 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
■ Design
Notes on supporting structures Examples for mounting flat runs
Structures made from standard materials.
Manufacturer: Rieth & Co, Kirchheim-Teck,
Tel. +49 (0) 7021 977-0.
All struts and beams are designed for mounting without a
BD2-...-BB fixing bracket.
L
L
NSV0_00162
Examples for mounting edgewise runs
L 500 mm 500 mm L 2000 mm
C strut with accessories (left) and double-C strut (right)

NSV0_00157 Length L in 100 mm increments
L
L 500 mm L 500 mm
NSV0_00164
C strut with accessories (left) and double-C strut (right)
L 2500 mm
L
Length L in 100 mm increments 100 mm B 600 mm
H strut with beam (without BD2-...-BB fixing bracket)

Length L in 100 mm increments,
width B in 50 mm increments.
L
NSV0_001
65
NSV0_00159
B
L
500 mm L 2000 mm L 2500 mm 100 mm B 600 mm

Z strut (left) and H strut (right) Wall beam (without BD2-...-BB fixing bracket)
Length L in 100 mm increments. Width B in 50 mm increments.
Trunking units can be secured at the side and at the center of the strut
Example for securing busbar lines between floors
NSV0_00161
NSV0_001
66
B
B
100 mm B 600 mm
200 mm B 600 mm
5
Tubular beam
Wall beam
Width B in 50 mm increments.
Width B in 50 mm increments For securing runs without BD2-...-BB bracket
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/75

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Suspension support on flange mount with terminal
b
NSV0_00167
90 mm b 150 mm
For Z and H struts only

Securing trunk units on the cable trays
NSV0_00168
Can be fitted to standard cable trays using BD2-...-BB fixing bracket or

angle clamp. Sundries required
Clamp bracket
For securing trunking units to the illustrated supporting
structures.
NSV0_00170
Clamp brackets
5/76 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Basic information on engineering Determining the orientation of L-units
To simplify the engineering of BD2 systems, configuration
symbols have been introduced. On the configuration drawings, 2
these symbols clearly indicate the component mounting
position, the phase sequence, the open busbar end, the end 1
with the terminal, the position of the flange cover and the side 3
from which the terminal can be accessed.
4
The following conventions apply to all components of the busbar
line (feeder units, straight trunking units, branch units and 1 = L = Left
junction units): 2 = F = Front
Open busbar end 74 3 = R = Right
01
_0
V0 4 = B = Back
NS
The PE side is marked with a bold black line.
Example:
NSV0_001
1 75
17
_00
V0
NS
N L1 L2 L3
PE
1
Phase sequence, PE on the right
1 = R = Right
Terminal end of the trunking unit
2 Elbow, right, Type: BD2.-...-LR

NSV0_001
1 72 Determining the orientation of feeder units
On feeder units, the position of the cabling box relative to the
trunking box is not critical for type selection, since the busbar
connection flange can be turned on site to provide the required
1 Terminal access side
phase sequence.
2 Top flange cover
Example:
NSV0_00191
73
01
0_0
SV
SB
N
End feeder unit (left) and center feeder unit (right)
Straight trunking unit with tap-off points on both sides;

Type: BD2.-...-SB-.
The configuration symbols are used on the selection data
pages.
5
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/77

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Route planning: Horizontal installation
Mounting positions Space requirement
With the BD2 system, the mounting position can be chosen as To ensure easier mounting of the trunking units and tap-off units,
required, allowing a horizontal busbar line to be laid out in two minimum clearances from the building's elements must be ob-
ways: served when planning the route.
Busbar trunking system without tap-off units:
N PE Minimum dimensions for busbar trunking system without tap-off
L1 L3 units, including system-conform fixing brackets mounted
L2 L2 horizontally on rack or wall beam:
NSV0_00176
L3 L1
PE N
Horizontal, edgewise
NSV0_00178
b
N L1 L2 L3 PE PE L3 L2 L1 N
Horizontal, flat
As can be seen from the illustration, any phase sequence is
NSV0_00194
possible. A derating factor in horizontal edgewise mounting a
position (× 0.9) is necessary with power conveyance.
This applies for straight trunking units and branch/junction units.
The configuration symbol identifying the type shown on the Busbar system Dimension a Dimension b
selection page only needs to be turned to the desired mounting mm mm
position in the engineering drawing. BD2A(C)-.-160(-400) 100 160
Example: BD2A(C)-.-630(-1250) 100 280
Busbar trunking system with tap-off units:

Busbar trunking system with tap-off units, including system-
conform fixing brackets mounted horizontally on rack or wall
beam. The minimum dimension a applies for the front cable
entry.
0
18
00
V0_
NS
b
Elbow, right, Type: BD2.-...-LR-, flat and edgewise mounting
5
Horizontal edgewise mounting has the advantage of a larger
suspension span and the need for fewer accessories (flanges)
to achieve the increased degree of protection IP54
(see page 5/11). NSV0_00195
a
Busbar system Dimension a Dimension b

mm mm
BD2A(C)-.-160(-400) 300 620
BD2A(C)-.-630(-1250) 300 680
For a configuring example for horizontal installation see page 5/84.
5/78 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Route planning: Vertical installation
Mounting positions Space requirement
When configuring vertical busbar lines (see page 5/86) the To ensure easier mounting of the trunking units and tap-off units,
height of the storey measured from the center of one ceiling to minimum clearances from the building's elements must be ob-
the center of the next determines the choice of busbar lengths. served when planning the route.
If no fire barrier is required, standard lengths with protective
sleeves can be used. In this case a minimum distance of Busbar trunking system without tap-off units:
0.185 m must be maintained between the end of the trunking
unit enclosure and the upper edge of the protective sleeve.
For vertically mounted systems, only one mounting position is NSV0_00196
c
possible. The PE bar must always be on the right-hand side, and
the trunking unit end with the joint block must point towards the
a
top. This ensures that
• the flange cover can be push-fitted to the terminal from the
front and the screws can be tightened,
• the tap-off units are not mounted upside-down, i.e. they can
only be fitted in the correct position. b b
N L1 L2 L3 PE Busbar system Dimension Dimension Dimension

a b1) c2)
(incl. fixing bracket) mm mm mm
BD2A(C)-.-160(-400) 130 640 30
BD2A(C)-.-630(-1250) 170 640 30
1 1) Space requirement due to fixing bracket.
2) Distance from wall due to fixing bracket.
Busbar trunking system with tap-off units:
A busbar system with connected tap-off unit is illustrated. Cable
entry is from the bottom.
2
7
c
3
a
PE
6
1 Joint block
NSV0_00197
2 Tap-off point
3 Cable gland
4 BD2.-...-EE feeder unit
5 Cover
b
5 6 Joint block (of the
4 last trunking unit in the Busbar system Dimension Dimension Dimension
vertical busbar run)
NSV0_00182
a b c1)
7 Tap-off unit
(incl. fixing bracket) mm mm mm
BD2A(C)-.-160(-400)
BD2A(C)-.-630(-1250)
660
700
640
640
30
30
5
No current reduction is required for vertical busbar lines. 1) Distance from wall due to fixing bracket.
For more information about vertical installation see page 5/86.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/79

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Fire barriers Tap-off units
The fire barrier must always be seated centrally in the fire ceiling. For the tap-off units in the vertical run, the mounting position is
Both standard trunking units and trunking units with optional stipulated. The outgoing cable must be connected from the
lengths can be equipped with fire barriers through bottom. This is the case when the PE conductor is on the
compartmentalization. right-hand side looking from the front.
Vertical fixing
Vertical fixing brackets in the stipulated maximum intervals
(see Table) must be used. The vertical brackets are fitted at the
flange of the clamping block. Fixtures in between are realized
with the spacer bracket combined with the BD2-BB fixing
1 bracket.
The distance from the wall can be varied:
10
• 30 mm minimum,
• 82 mm minimum.
Maximum length or height of vertical BD2-... busbar lines,
supported by one vertical retaining element:
Rated operational current Max. length or height
BD2A BD2C
A m m
160 11.3 10.0
250 10.9 9.9
400 7.9 7.2
630 5.8 5.2
800 5.8 4.8
1000 5.3 4.1
2
1250 – 3.25
9
11
3
6
5
5
NSV0_00198
$ End flanges, termination

% Tap-off point
& Retaining element for vertical fixing
( Ceiling thickness
) End feeder unit
* 1st storey
+ Center of fire barrier
, Storey height from center of one ceiling to the center of the next
- 2nd storey
. 3rd storey
/ Fixing with BD2-BB and spacer bracket
5/80 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Defining the reference dimensions for configuration
Straight trunking units, standard lengths, type BD2.-.-...-SB-.
Standard lengths from center of terminal to center of terminal
Example: Standard length with tap-off points on both sides, type BD2.-...-SB-3
NSV0_001
83
SB
3,25 m
Dimensions in the configuration drawings BD2.-2, BD2.-3, tap-off point distance = 0.5 m
167
163
NSV0_00591a
307 220
n × 500
Dimension drawing
Straight trunking units, optional lengths, type BD2.-.-...-WB-.
Example: BD2.-2, BD2.-3, tap-off point distance = 0.5 m
The open busbar end is used as the reference edge. The grid
spacing between the tap-off points is shown in the diagram.
Length Tap-off units on both
PE L3 L2 L1 N
sides
m Number
167
0.5 ... 1.24 –

PE 1.25 ... 2.25 4 ... 8
NSV0_00184 2.26 ... 3.25 8 ... 12
n x 250 (500) 250 On optional lengths, it may not be
w possible to fit tap-off units to all tap-off
points.
Distance x is the distance between the center of the terminal at the open end and the next tap-off point on the trunking unit.
For the standard length x = 250 mm. For optional lengths, 260 mm ≤ x ≤ 490 mm (depending on the optional length w).
Measuring and determining the optional lengths on site
a NSV0_00185
5
w
On site, the dimension a between the enclosure edges of the two trunking units to be connected is measured.
The optional length is then determined as follows:
w[m] = a[m] – 0.14 m
Junction units
X dimension (side with open busbar end): from center of terminal to outside edge of enclosure,
Y dimension (side with joint block): from center of terminal to outside edge of enclosure,
Z dimension: from outside edge of enclosure to outside edge of enclosure.
For dimensioning data see page 5/102.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/81

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Max. length/height of vertical BD2 busbar lines,
supported by one BD2-BWV or BD2-BDV retaining element
BD2A-.-...
Rated current A 160 250 400 630 800 1000 1250
Max. supported length or height m 11.3 10.9 7.9 5.8 5.8 5.3 –
at max. load (see below)
Max. load per 3.25 m trunking unit kg 50 53 74 106 108 108 –
fitted with tap-off units
BD2C-.-...
Rated current A 160 250 400 630 800 1000 1250
Max. supported length or height m 10.0 9.9 7.2 5.2 4.8 4.1 3.25
at max. load (see below)
Max. load per 3.25 m trunking unit kg 50 53 74 106 108 108 108
fitted with tap-off units
Notes
For taller BD2 busbar lines, additional mountings must be used. The maximum load applied to the BD2-BWV and BD2-BDV vertical
retaining elements must not exceed 175 kg. They must be fitted
in the area of the terminal.
■ Function
Overload and short-circuit protection
Busbar trunking systems need to be protected against short- It depends on the level of expected short-circuit current, whether
circuits and overloads. Fuses and circuit breakers are available a current limiting protective device is required and what short-
for use as protective devices. With the selection of this protective circuit breaking capacity the protective device must have.
device the level of the expected short-circuit currents, selectivity
requirements or operating and signaling functions are also A tabular overview follows of the circuit breakers which can
factors for consideration. provide short-circuit and overload protection (400 V and 50 Hz)
for the corresponding busbar system.
If circuit breakers are used, the thermally delayed overload
release is set to the rated current value for the busbar trunking I’’k ≤ Icc ≤ Icu
system. This means that the busbar trunking system can be The following applies:
100 % loaded.
with
When you decide on your short-circuit protection via fuses and
I’’k = the expected short-circuit current at the site of installation
circuit breakers you must not exceed the specified short-circuit
strength of the busbar trunking systems. Icc = rated conditional short-circuit current of the busbar line
Icu = rated short-circuit breaking capacity of the circuit breaker
Type Rated current Circuit breakerRated conditional Circuit breaker Rated conditional Circuit breaker Rated conditional
with normal short-circuit with medium short-circuit with high switching short-circuit
switching current switching current capacity current
capacity capacity
Ie Icu Icc Icu Icc Icu Icc
A kA kA kA kA kA kA
BD2A(C)-160 160 3VL27 16-1... 40 20 3VL27 16-2... 70 20 3VL27 16-3... 100 20
BD2A(C)-250 250 3VL37 25-1... 40 40 3VL37 25-2... 70 50 3VL37 25-3... 100 50
BD2A(C)-400 400 3VL47 40-1... 45 45 3VL47 40-2... 70 45 3VL47 40-3... 100 45
BD2A(C)-630 630 3VL57 63-1DC36 45 45 3VL57 63-2DC36 70 70 3VL57 63-3DC36 100 100
5 BD2A(C)-800
BD2A(C)-1000
800
1000
3VL57 80-1AE36 50
3VL77 10-1AE36 50
50
50
3VL57 80-2AE36
3VL77 10-2AE36
70
70
70
60
3VL57 80-3AE36 100
3VL77 10-3AE36 100
100
60
BD2C-1250 1250 3VL77 12-1AE36 50 50 3VL77 12-2AE36 70 60 3VL77 12-3AE36 100 60
The values for the conditional rated short-circuit current Icc
apply to the busbar trunking systems without consideration of
any tap-off units.
5/82 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Temperature characteristic of BD2 systems 0,19
NSV0_00193a
U (V/m)
120
115 0,17
BD2C-.-250
110
Rated current (%)
105
100 0,15
95
90
85
0,13 BD2C-.-400
80
BD2C-.-800
NSV0_00186a
75
70
65 0,11
–5 5 15 25 35 45 55 65
Ambient temperature °C BD2C-.-1000
(24h average) BD2C-.-630
0,09 BD2C-.-160
BD2C-.-1250
Voltage drop
0,07
Voltage drop at rated current 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0
p. f.
The following diagrams show the voltage drop of the
BD2A/BD2C systems Voltage drop BD2C
• Taking into account the heat resistors (according to Calculation of the voltage drop
IEC/EN 60439-2)
For long busbar lines, it may be necessary to calculate the volt-
• With a load distribution factor a = 1 age drop.
• Under loading with the rated current. (With a different load
distribution factor the curve value must be multiplied by the ∆U = a × 冪3 × I x l × (R × p.f. + X × sin ϕ) × 10
-3
(V)
corresponding distribution factor.)
0,18 NSV0_00192a
∆U = Voltage drop (V)
I = Load current (A)
U (V/m)
BD2A-.-630
BD2A-.-250 l = Length (m)
0,16 BD2A-.-160
a = Load distribution factor
BD2A-.-400 R = Ohmic resistance R1 (mΩ/m)

X = Inductive resistor X1 (mΩ/m)
0,14
p.f. = Power factor
BD2A-.-800
Factor "a" used in the equation for calculating the voltage drop is
dependent on the load distribution.
0,12 Load distribution
BD2A-.-1000
Load distribution Factor a
A Infeed at A,
5
one tap-off unit at B 1
0,10 B
Infeed at A,
A
B C D E
Infeed at A,
0,08
0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 1,0 B A C
tap-off units at B, C 0.25
p. f.
Infeed at A,
Voltage drop BD2A tap-off units at B, C, D, E 0.125
B D A E C
A B Infeed at A, B,
C D E F
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/83

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
■ Configuration
Configuring example: horizontal mounting position
Required details Determining the operational current
The following details are required for configuring BD2 busbar 600 × 0.6 × 1
trunking systems (horizontal installation): Main busbar line: IB = × 103 = 650 A
冪3 × 400 × 0.8
• Installation flat or edgewise, horizontal or vertical, quantity,
200 × 0.6 × 1
type and approximate ratings of prospective loads, p.f. Machine line 200 kW: IB = × 103 = 217 A
冪3 × 400 × 0.8
• Rated diversity factor α
182 × 0.6 × 1
• Feeding transformers (short-circuit current) Machine line 182 kW: IB = × 103 = 197 A
冪3 × 400 × 0.8
• Nature of the installation site (dimensions, construction of the
building, transport paths, cellar, etc.) 118 × 0.6 × 1
Machine line 118 kW: IB = × 103 = 128 A
冪3 × 400 × 0.8
• Routing of supply lines from other power sources
100 × 0.6 × 1
• Coordination of lighting system with the BD busbar line Machine line 100 kW: IB = × 103 = 108 A
冪3 × 400 × 0.8
• Crane operation in installation area
Given: Installation plan
1. Σ of the actual load rating 600 kW, p.f. = 0.8; Ue = 400 V It contains:
2. Floor plan and machine layout • Position of the busbar trunking system in the building,
3. Rated diversity factor α = 0.6 • Position of the PE and the tap-off openings and consequently
4. Incoming supply cables 2 × 185 mm2 from distribution board the installation direction of the tap-off units,
5. Transformer: 1 × 500 kVA • Number of components with item numbers
6. Steel frame shed construction • And the method and height of suspension.
7. Suspension height 3 m The information assists the installer later.
8. Installed power on machine lines: If the system is correctly assembled, the entire system will have
200, 182, 118, 100 kW the same sense of rotation as the three phase motors throughout
9. No crane operation the entire system. As a result, it will not be necessary to check
10. Edgewise mounting the direction of rotation of the motors when relocating a machine.
Operational current
The operational current is calculated using the following formula:
Pinst × α × b
IB = × 103
冪3 × Ue × p.f.
with:
IB = Operational current (A)
Pinst = Installed power (kW)
Ue = Rated operational voltage (V)
p.f. = Power factor
α = Rated diversity factor
b = Supply factor
b=1 = Single end feed
b=½ = Double end feed,
5 center feed
If no data are available about the actual currents occurring

simultaneously (derating factor), the following values according
to IEC/EN 60439-1 apply:
2 and 3 0.9
4 and 5 0.8
10 or more 0.6
5/84 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
SIVACON 8PV
1
Machine line II Machine line IV
2
4
6 6
6m
11 8 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 10 11
4
118 kW 182 kW
15 m
2
22 m
Route
Machine line IIl Machine line V
N, L1, L2, L3, PE

2
Tap-off units
4
6 6
11 10 9 9 9 9 7 7 7 7 8 11
5
2
200 kW 100 kW
NSV0_00187
3
PE, L3, L2, L1, N, Tap-off units
36 m
1 Feeder unit 5 Tap-off unit 9 Trunking unit

2 Trunking unit 6 Feeder unit 10 Trunking unit
3 End flange 7 Trunking unit 11 End flange
4 Tap-off unit 8 Trunking unit
Installation plan
Suspension: at a height of 3 m with ceiling mounted supporting
structures. BD2 busbar line I, 800 A, supplies BD2 runs II, III, IV
and V via tap-off units and end feeder units, connected by short
cable lengths.
Parts list
The parts list should contain all the items shown on the installation
plan, with type reference, description and quantity.
Item No. F Type Benennung, Zuordnung Anzahl Listenpreis
(installation W Description Quant. List price
site) L Dénomination Prix brut
K
einzeln zusammen
each total
unitaire
5
1 BD2A-1000-EE Feeder unit 1
2 BD2A-2-800-SB-3 Trunking units 6
3 BD2-1250-FE End flanges 1
4 BD2-AK04/SNH1 Tap-off units 3
5 BD2-AK3X/GS00 Tap-off units 1
6 BD2A-400-EE Feeder unit 4
1 0 BD2A-2-250-SB-1 Trunking units 2
1 1 BD2-400-FE End flanges 4
1 2 BD2-1250-BB Fixing brackets 5
1 3 BD2-400-BB Fixing brackets 14
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/85

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Configuring example: vertical mounting position
Required details Table 2: Derating factor
• Number and height of storeys Item Factor β
• Ratings and types of load per storey Schools, nursery schools 0.6 ... 0.9
• Rated diversity factor α Carpenters' and joiners' workshops 0.2 ... 0.7
• Feeding transformers (characteristics, position) Restaurants, hotels 0.4 ... 0.7
• Special requirements (degree of protection, fire barrier, etc.) Butchers 0.5 ... 0.8
Given: Bakeries 0.4 ... 0.8
1. Six storeys with five apartments each Laundries 0.5 ... 0.9
Conference halls 0.6 ... 0.8
2. 38 kW connected load per apartment
Small offices 0.5 ... 0.7
3. Ue = 400 V, p.f. = 0.8
Large offices 0.4 ... 0.8
4. Rated diversity factor α = 0.8
Department stores, supermarkets 0.7 ... 0.9
5. Derating factor β = 0.45
Metal processing works 0.2 ... 0.3
6. Incoming supply cables 2 × 240 mm2 Car factories 0.2 ... 0.3
7. Protection with circuit breaker 3VL57 80 Lighting systems for road tunnels 1.0
8. Details and site plans required for routing the trunking Building sites 0.2 ... 0.4
Operational current Once the system has been selected, in this case BD2A-2-800,
The operational current per storey, which also determines the the following documents must be completed to place an order:
required rated current of the tap-off units, is calculated using the • Installation plan
following formula • Parts list
• Order from
Pinst × α
INB = × 103 Parts list
冪3 × Ue × p.f.
Outgoing F Type Benennung, Zuordnung Anz.
Item No. W Description Qty.
with: L Dénomination Qté
(installation
INB = Operational current per storey (A) site) K
Pinst = Sum of installed power (kW)

per storey 1 BD2A-1000-EE End feeder unit 1
Ue = Rated operational voltage (V) 2 BD2A-2-800-WB-2W1.50 Trunking unit with optional 1
+BD2-S120-BX1.00-M0.25 length 1.5 m + fire barrier
P.f. = Power factor a = 1.0 m, ceiling thick-
ness M = 0.25 m
α = Rated diversity factor 3 BD2A-2-800-SB-2 Trunking unit 2.25 m 5
If α is not specified, the values from 4 BD2A-2-800-WO-1W1.00 Trunking unit with optional 4
Table 1 can be used. If p.f. is not known,
this can be set for a block of apartments +BD2-S120-BX0.50-M0.25 length 1.0 m + fire barrier
a = 0.5 m, ceiling thick-
= 1. ness M = 0.25 m
5 BD2-1250-FE End flanges 1
6 BD2-BWV Vertical retaining elements 4
5 × 38 × 0.8 7 BD2-1250-BB Fixing bracket 5
INB = × 103 = 274 A 8 BD2-BD Spacer brackets 5
冪3 × 400 × 0.8
9 BD2-AK05/SNH2 Tap-off unit with LV HRC 6
fuse switch-
The operational current per busbar line is: disconnector
Alternatively:
IB = INB × β 2 ... 4 BD2A-2-800-SB-3 Trunking unit 3.25 m + 5
+BD2-S120-BX1.00-M0.25 fire barrier a = 1.0 m,
5 with
β = Derating factor for the total number of loads.
ceiling thickness
M = 0.25 m
Good empirical values for derating factors can be

obtained from your local power supply company.
They vary from region to region. Average values are
indicated in table 2.
Table 1 (according to IEC/EN 60439-1)

2 and 3 0.9
4 and 5 0.8
10 or more 0.6
5/86 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Installation plan Explanations for the installation plan
$ End feeder unit
5 % Trunking unit, optional length 1.5 m, with fire barrier
& Trunking unit, standard length 2.25 m
( Trunking unit, optional length 1.0 m, with fire barrier
6
) End flange
* Vertical retaining elements
+ Fixing bracket
, Spacer bracket
3
- Tap-off unit
a Position of fire barrier in m;

c
center of fire barrier is always at the center of fire ceiling

b Dimension for spacer bracket in m
4 c Dimension for retaining element in m
M Ceiling thickness in m
M
Fixing elements:
• Second retaining element at approx. 5 m height
(always near the terminal)
a
• Third retaining element at approx. 10 m height

• Fourth retaining element at approx. 15 m height
9
Note
The fixing points for all fixing brackets, retaining elements and
spacer brackets must be specified in the installation plan.
7
8
3,25 m
3.25
3
b
2
3,10 m
3.10
5
a
1
NSV0_00188
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/87

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
■ More information
Rated currents and short-circuit currents of standard transformers
Rated voltage UN 400/230 V 690/400 V
Relative short-circuit voltage uk 4 %1) 6 %2) 4 %1) 6 %2)
Rated power Rated current Short-circuit current I"k3) Rated current Short-circuit current I"k3)
kVA A A A A A A
50 72 1805 – 42 1042 –
100 144 3610 2406 84 2084 1392
160 230 5776 3850 133 3325 2230
200 288 7220 4812 168 4168 2784
250 360 9025 6015 210 5220 3560
315 455 11375 7583 263 6650 4380
400 578 14450 9630 336 8336 5568
500 722 18050 12030 420 10440 7120
630 909 22750 15166 526 13300 8760
800 1156 28900 19260 672 16672 11136
1000 1444 36100 24060 840 20840 13920
1250 1805 45125 30080 1050 26060 17480
1) uk = 4 %, standardized according to DIN 42500 for SNT = 50 ... 630 kVA.
2) uk = 6 %, standardized according to DIN 42500 for SNT = 100 ... 1600 kVA.
3) I"k = Transformer initial short-circuit alternating current when connecting
to a network with unlimited short-circuit power.
Approximating formula
Transformer rated current Transformer short-circuit alternating current With
IN [A] = k × SNT [kVA] I"k = IN/uk × 100 k = 1.45 at 400 V
k = 0.84 at 690 V
Dimensioning and selection

Safe shut-off of the smallest single-pole ground short-circuit With the aid of the loop impedance of the entire busbar trunking
current system it is easy to calculate the smallest expected single-pole
short-circuit current.
Since the level of the loop impedance is decisive in determining
c × Un
the level of the single-pole short-circuit current, DIN VDE 0100 Ikl min =
Part 600 (IEC 60364-6) prescribes that the loop impedance must 冑3 × Zk
be determined between the following: with
• Phase conductor and the PE conductor or c = Voltage factor 0.95
• Phase conductor and PEN conductor. Un = Voltage between the phase conductors
This value may be determined by Zk = Short-circuit impedance
• Measuring with measurement devices or
• Calculation or
• Simulation of the network in a network model.
In the "Technical specifications" section, the impedance values
for the BD2A/BD2C busbar trunking systems are listed so that it
is possible to calculate the loop impedances of a busbar
5 system, which contributes to the total loop impedance.
5/88 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Degrees of protection for busbar trunking systems Usage in operating areas exposed to a fire hazard
Room types according to Designation of the degree of In operating areas exposed to a fire hazard, IEC 60364-7-72 and
DIN VDE 0100 protection according to DIN VDE 0100-720 places enhanced demands on the degree of
(IEC 60364) IEC/EN 60529 protection of electrical equipment. The demands for busbar
Closed electrical operating areas IP10 trunking systems are:
Electrical operating areas IP20 • For a fire hazard from dust and/or fibers: degree of protection
Dry areas and rooms IP20 IP5X
Damp and wet areas and rooms IP20 • For a fire hazard from readily flammable materials apart from
dust and/or fibers: degree of protection IP4X.
The BD2A/BD2C busbar trunking systems meet these demands.
They are therefore suitable for applications in this area.
Degrees of protection of electrical equipment according to IEC/EN 60529
Degree of 1st figure 2nd figure
protection Touch protection Protection against solid foreign bodies and dust Protection against ingress of liquid
IP00 No special protection No special protection No special protection
IP20 Against finger contact Against solid bodies ≥ ∅ 12.5 mm No special protection
IP34 Against tools Against solid bodies ≥ ∅ 2.5 mm No damage caused by splashwater
IP41 Against wire Against solid bodies ≥ ∅ 1 mm No damage caused by vertically dripping water
(vertical drops)
IP43 Against wire Against solid bodies ≥ ∅ 1 mm No damaged caused by spraywater
IP54 Against wire Against hazardous dust deposits inside No damage caused by splashwater
(dust-tight)
IP55 Against wire Against hazardous dust deposits inside No damage caused by hose-water
(dust-tight)
IP65 Against wire Against penetration of dust (dust-tight) No damage caused by hose-water
IP66 Against wire Against penetration of dust (dust-tight) In the event of temporary immersion, ingress of water
will have no harmful effects (water jet)
IP67 Against wire Against penetration of dust (dust-tight) Water may not ingress in harmful quantities during
immersion (temporary immersion)
IP68 Against wire Against penetration of dust (dust-tight) Water may not ingress in harmful quantities during
immersion for indefinite periods
(continuous immersion)
Touch protection against direct contact according

to EN 50274
These regulations apply for the design of electrical equipment
and its installation in electrical installations with rated voltages
up to 1000 V AC or 1500 V DC – regarding protection against
direct contact, where there are actuators (pushbuttons, toggle
levers etc.) located in the direct vicinity of parts which are live or
dangerous to touch.
"Finger-safe" relates only to the operating device (actuator) and
only in the normal direction of actuation. A minimum distance of
r = 30 mm in radius from the center point of the device to any live
parts must be ensured.
The degree of protection IP20 is a more enhanced touch
protection against direct contact than "finger-safe". It constitutes
protection against direct contact with electrical equipment from
all directions. Devices with "finger-safe" protection against direct
contact and degree of protection IP00 can be assigned with
5
additional protection against direct contact by shrouding if
required.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/89

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Power distribution systems (grid types) according to
IEC 60364-3 or DIN VDE 0100-300
Determination of the protective measures and selection of the
electrical equipment in accordance with the power distribution
system used.
TN systems Other systems
TN-S system TT system
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
N N NSV0_01081
PE
PE
1
NSV0_01078
1
Separated neutral and protective conductors throughout the system. In a TT system, one point is directly earthed; the chassis of the electrical
system is connected to earth, which has no direct connection to the
power earth.
In the modern TT system, protective measures include protective
grounding as well as current-operated e.l.c.b. systems and voltage-
operated e.l.c.b. systems.
TN-C system IT system
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3 NSV0_01082
PEN 2
PE
1
NSV0_01079
1
Neutral and protective functions are combined throughout the system In the IT system there is no direct connection between the live
in a single conductor. conductors and earthed components; the chassis of the electrical
system is earthed.
The IT system corresponds with the system where a protective earth
system for protective measures is applied.
TN-C-S system Explanations
L1 First character = grounding condition of the power supply source
• T = direct grounding of a point
L2
• I = either insulation of all live parts from earth or connection of one
L3 point with earth via impedance
PEN Second character = grounding condition of chassis of the electrical
PE
equipment
5 N • T = chassis directly earthed, independently of any grounding of a point

in the power supply
• N = chassis connected directly with the system earth in AC systems,
the earth point is normally the neutral point
Additional characters = arrangement of the neutral conductor and
protective earth conductor
NSV0_01080 • S = separate conductors for neutral and protective earth functions
1
• C = neutral and protective earth functions combined in a single
Combination between neutral conductor and protective earth functions. conductor (PEN)
They are combined in one part of the system to a single conductor and
separated in another part.
$ Chassis
% Impedance
5/90 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Functional endurance Magnetic fields
Fire protection equipment and fire protection precautions for General information
electrical installations are required especially with building
structures of a particular type of utilization. Buildings of this The busbars intended for power conveyance generate - as do
nature include hospitals and places where people gather. The all other conductors - alternating electromagnetic fields with a
German standards DIN VDE 0108-1 "Buildings where people base frequency of 50 Hz. These magnetic fields can negatively
meet" and DIN VDE 0100-710 "Medically used areas" state that influence the function of sensitive equipment such as computers
electrical systems must remain operational for certain periods of or measurement devices.
time in the event of a fire. This applies in particular to Limit values
• Fire alarm systems The EMC directives and the standards derived from these do not
• Systems for sounding alarms and conveying instructions to contain any regulations or recommendations for engineering
visitors and employees busbar trunking system installations. If busbar trunking systems
• Emergency lighting are used in medical facilities, the DIN VDE 0100-710 standard
can be consulted.
• Passenger elevators with evacuation circuit which must
remain serviceable in the incoming feeder area for at least In DIN VDE 0100-710, guide values of mains frequency induced
30 minutes under post-flashover fire conditions magnetic fields in facilities used for medical purposes are
• Water pressure boosting equipment for firefighting water supply defined. Stations where patients are treated may not be subject
to magnetic induction at 50 Hz which exceeds the following
• Ventilation systems of enclosed stairwells, elevator shafts and values:
drive equipment rooms for fire service elevators must remain
operational for at least 90 minutes. • B = 2 × 10-7 Tesla for EEG
• B = 4 × 10-7 Tesla for ECG
In order to make it possible to decide in the planning stage
1000 which busbars should be used, Siemens has carried out
extensive magnetic field measurements. The magnetic radiated
°C noise of the busbar systems was measured using a 9.6 m long
straight busbar arrangement. The busbars were loaded
symmetrically with the rated current and the magnetic fields
measured in their horizontal and vertical axes.
500
Z
NSV0_01072
X
0
0 30 60 90 120 150 (min) 180
NSV0_01046
Standard temperature curve (ETK) for assessing functional endurance
In order to provide the functional endurance of the busbar system
stipulated by the regulations, Siemens successfully carried out and System of coordinates for magnetic field measurement
completed tests in cooperation with Promat for BD2A/BD2C bus- The limit value for inductive interference between multi-core
bar system at the materials testing laboratory in Braunschweig in cables and wires of the high-current system, conductor cross-
Germany. section > 185 mm2, and the stations where patients are treated
During the fire tests, the busbar trunking systems were equipped will certainly not be exceeded when a minimum distance of 9 m
with a cladding of Promatect L500 plates of various thicknesses as recommended by the DIN VDE 0100-710 standard is
(thickness d = 20 mm, 40 mm, 60 mm) and were subjected to a fire observed.
load of of external origin as defined by the standard temperature When busbars are used this distance will usually turn out to be
curve (ETK) in order to assess the functional endurance according less since the sheet-steel enclosure is effective in reducing mag-
to DIN 4102 Part 12. netic interference fields in the environment.
More information on request. Measured values on request.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/91

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Sprinkler test
General information Test results
Sprinkler fire-extinguishing systems in particular are used for With the BD2A/BD2C busbar trunking system, the system with
protecting cable conduits and cable ducts. Here it is IP54 degree of protection was sprinkled in all fitted positions
predominantly the cooling effect of the water on the surface of paying close consideration to the "VdS" directives for sprinkler
the fire which is exploited. Operation of the sprinkler for at least systems. The insulation resistance was measured before and
30 minutes should be assumed. after sprinkling for 90 minutes, and a high voltage test according
to EN 60439-2 was performed. This test was absolved
Siemens has subjected its BD2A/BD2C busbar trunking successfully and indicated that the system could be operated
systems to an extensive range of tests with sprinkler systems. immediately after sprinkling without any delays.
Due to the absence of a mandatory standard or directive, the
test was performed using a test setup which mirrored a practical
application (see the sketch).
2 1 ... 10 bar 3
1
1 Sprinkler
2 Manometer
3 Shutoff valve
4 Tap-off unit
5 Trunking unit
4
500
NSV0_01050
Sprinkler test setup
5/92 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Comparison of busbar trunking and cable installation systems
Feature Busbar trunking installation Cable installation
TTA assembly Yes No
Mechanical safety High Low
Fire load Low High
Temperature characteristic Ambient temperature According to DIN 57298 Part 4/
According to IEC/EN 60439-1 and -2 VDE 0298 Part 4/2.88 loads are based on +30 °C.
max. +40 °C and +35 °C on a 24 hour average
System structure Clearly structured due to linear system with tap-off Very large accumulation of cables at feed point due to
points arranged in series for mounting of tap-off units
point-to-point supply of loads from central power
distribution unit
Protective devices for loads In the tap-off unit: Centrally in the distribution board:
Means direct and immediate on-the-spot identification Makes the assignment to the load not directly
of assignment to load verifiable. It is necessary to rely on correct inscription
of the cables and loads.
Space requirement Low High as the corresponding distribution board is
required. Routing criteria (cable accumulation, type of
routing, current-carrying capacity, etc.) must be
complied with.
Retrofitting in case of changing Great flexibility due to tap-off points in the trunking Only possible at great expense. Laying additional
loads unit and a great number of different tap-off units cables from the central distribution board to the
customer.
Planning and configuration Simple and fast with EDP-aided planning tools being Highly intensive configuration (distribution and cable
used layouts, cable plans, etc.)
Dimensioning (current, voltage drop, Not complex Very complex
protective earth conditions)
Troubleshooting Low High
Fire barriers Type-tested, ex-works Dependent on the work standard applied on the
building site
Functional endurance Tested functional endurance according to DIN 4102-12 Dependent on the work standard applied on the
building site
Electromagnetic interference Low, due to Sheet-steel enclosure and conductor Relatively high with a standard cable
configuration
Mounting Very little fitting materials and tools required, Complex mounting materials and a comprehensive
short mounting times range of tools required, long mounting times
Weight Up to l of the comparable cable weight Up to 3-times the busbar trunking system weight
Halogen and PVC free Trunking units are always halogen and PVC free Standard cables are not always halogen and PVC free
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/93

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Fire protection
■ Overview
General requirements • The center of the fire barrier in the trunking unit must be
positioned in the center of the fire wall or ceiling.
The German state building authorities demand that buildings are Exception: With branch/junction units, this may not be possible
designed so that "spreading of fire and smoke is prevented, and due to insufficient distance from the wall or ceiling, i.e. the center
that effective fire fighting and rescue of persons and domestic of the fire barrier may not coincide with the center of the fire wall
animals is facilitated". Fire or flue gas may not spread from one or ceiling. In such cases, PROMATECT-H(L) panels are added to
storey or fire area to another. achieve the actually required wall or ceiling thickness.
All BD2A/BD2C busbar trunking systems can be equipped with • The following information must be provided: For BX*, BY* or
fire barriers and generally comply with the standards for BZ* trunking units, position of the center of the fire barrier in
buildings including high-rise buildings. The busbar trunking the trunking unit (or the center of the fire wall or ceiling for
system is supplied ex-works with a fire barrier. Retrofitting is not branch/junction units with insufficient distance from the wall or
possible. A general approval from the German Institute for ceiling); the desired fire resistance rating S90 or S120; and the
Building Engineering (Deutsches Institut für Bautechnik in Berlin thickness M* of the wall or ceiling.
DIBt) in Berlin is available:
• There are no tap-off points in the area covered by the fire bar-
• BD2-S120: No. Z-19.15-1046, rier.
• BD2-S90: No. Z-19.15-1048). • The trunking units must be installed by an approved fire
The fire resistance class with the BD2 system corresponds with protection installation specialist.
version S 90 or S 120 according to DIN 4102 Part 9. • In Germany, the BD2-S90-ZUL-D or BD2-S120-ZUL-D
The demands for verification of fire resistance duration at fire barrier approval kit is required (see page 5/69).
120 min as specified to ISO 834 according to IEC/EN 60439-2
are fulfilled. The requirements for a busbar trunking system as Notes
specified to DIN 4102 are shown in the illustration. For BX* and BY*, replace the asterisk in the type reference by the
required dimension in meters from the center of the joint block
4 (end without joint block) to the center of the fire wall or ceiling;
for -M* specify the wall or ceiling thickness.
3 1 For BZ*, replace the asterisk in the type reference by the
required dimension in meters from the outside edge of limb X to
the center of the fire wall or ceiling; for -M* specify the wall or
ceiling thickness.
1
2
BX*, BY*, BZ*

NSV0_00189
M*
1 Center line of fire barrier
NSV0_01070
Positioning in the fire wall
5
(1) Permissible temperature increase on components max. 180 °C
(2) Scene of fire: Application of fire according to the standard
NSV0_00190
M*
temperature curve DIN 4102, Sheet 2

(3) Permitted temperature increase of escaping air: max. 140 °C
(4) No flammable gases are permitted to escape. No rescue work may BX*, BY*, BZ*
be hindered by emerging smoke.
1
Configuration
To ensure fire protection to S90 or S120, the following points
must be observed when engineering and installing trunking and
junction units with fire barriers:
1 Center line of fire barrier
Positioning in the fire ceiling
5/94 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Fire protection
■ Design
Position of the fire barriers on the trunking unit
0
25
L
9
01
01
V0_
NS
*
BX
Type: BD2A-...-S(W).-. + BD2-S90(S120)-BX*-M*

BD2C-...-S(W).-. + BD2-S120-BX*-M*
Fire resistance rating S90

• Wall thickness M ≥ 150 mm BD2A-...-S(W). + BD2-S90-BX*-M*1)
L (L min. = 370+M) BX* min. = 185+M/2 BX*max. = L–BX* min.
520 (min.) 260 260
– – –
– – –
M 150
3250 (max.) 260 2980
NSV0_01020

• Wall thickness 150 mm ≤ M < 250 mm BD2A-...-S(W). + BD2-S120-BX*-M*1)
720 (min.) 360 360
– – –
100
– – –
M = 150 ... 250
3250 (max.) 360 2890

100
NSV0_01021
• Wall thickness M ≥ 250 mm BD2A-...-S(W). + BD2-S120-BX*-M*1)

L (L min. = 370+M)
620 (min.)
BX* min. = 185+M/2
310
BX*max. = L–BX* min.
310
5
– – –
– – –
M 250
3250 (max.) 310 2940
NSV0_01022
1) Replace the asterisk * according to the table.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/95

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Fire protection

• Wall thickness M ≥ 150 mm BD2C-...-S(W). + BD2-S120-BX*-M*1)
900 (min.) 450 450
– – –
185
– – –
3250 (max.) 450 2800
M 150
185
NSV0_01023
Position of the fire barriers on branch/junction units

The minimum dimensions applicable for positioning fire barriers
on the limbs of branch/junction units differ, depending on the NSV0_010
25
routing of the trunking and the distance from the fire wall to the
inside edge of the trunking unit.
BY* (BX*)
Y* (X*)
Y* (X*)
BY* (BX*)
*)
(Y
X*
)
NSV0_010
Y*
c
24 ( e 160 ... 400 A 500 ... 1250 A

170 X*
c 70 130
Elbow, type: BD2A-...-LR(L)-X* (Y*), +BD2-S90(S120)-BX*(BY*)-M* Knee, type: BD2A-...-LV(H)-X* (Y*), +BD2-S90(S120)-BX*(BY*)-M*
BD2C-...-LR(L)-X* (Y*), +BD2-S120-BX*(BY*)-M* BD2C-...-LV(H)-X* (Y*), +BD2-S120-BX*(BY*)-M*

• Wall thickness 150 mm ≤ M < 250 mm BD2A-...-L... + BD2-S90-BX*(BY*)-M*1)
(distance from wall/inside corner A ≥ 200 mm) • Junction units LL, LR
X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = BX*(BY*) min. = BX*(BY*) max. =
185+M+A+170) 185+M/2 X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2
710 (min.) 260 260
– – –
1250 (max.) 260 800
200
A
• Junction units LV, LH 400 A

5
M < 250

185+M+A+70) 185+M/2 X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2
610 (min.) 260 260
– – –
150
1250 (max.) 260 900

NSV0_01026

185+M+A+130) 185+M/2 X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2
670 (min.) 260 260
– – –
1250 (max.) 260 840
5/96 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Fire protection

(distance from wall/inside corner 30 mm ≤ A < 200 mm) • Junction units LL, LR
A = 30 ... 190
285+M+A+170) 285+M/2 X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2

640 (min.) 360 360
– – –
1250 (max.) 360 970
M = 150 ... 250

285+M+A+70) 285+M/2 X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2
540 (min.) 360 360
100
– – –
NSV0_01027
1250 (max.) 360 1070

285+M+A+130) 285+M/2 X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2
600 (min.) 360 360
– – –
1250 (max.) 360 1010

• Wall thickness M ≥ 250 mm BD2A-...-L... + BD2-S90-BX*(BY*)-M*1)
185+M+A+170) 185+M/2 X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2
30
640 (min.) 310 310

A
– – –
1250 (max.) 310 920
250

M

185+M+A+70) 185+M/2 X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2
NSV0_01028
540 (min.) 310 310
– – –
1250 (max.) 310 1020

185+M+A+130) 185+M/2 X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2
600 (min.) 310 310
– – –
5
1250 (max.) 310 960

Note: For other fire barrier configurations, please ask your con-
tact in your local Siemens branch.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/97

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Fire protection

285+M+A+170) 285+M/2 X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2
810 (min.) 360 360
– – –
1250 (max.) 360 800
200

100
M = 150 ... 250 A

285+M+A+70) 285+M/2 X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2
710 (min.) 360 360
– – –
1250 (max.) 360 900
100
NSV0_01029 • Junction units LV, LH 1000 A

285+M+A+130) 285+M/2 X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2
770 (min.) 360 360
– – –
1250 (max.) 360 840

185+M+A+170) 185+M/2 X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2
810 (min.) 310 310
– – –
1250 (max.) 310 750
200
A

185+M+A+70) 185+M/2 X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2
250
710 (min.) 310 310

M
– – –
1250 (max.) 310 850
NSV0_01030

185+M+A+130) 185+M/2 X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2
770 (min.) 310 310
– – –
5
1250 (max.) 310 790

Note: With other fire barrier configurations, please contact your
local Siemens sales office.
5/98 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Fire protection

100 X*(Y*)(X*(Y*) min. = BX*(BY*) min. = BX*(BY*) max. =

285+M+A+170) 285+M/2 X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2
A 30 ... 190
640 (min.) 360 360

– – –
1250 (max.) 360 970
M =150 ... 250

285+M+A+70) 285+M/2 X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2
540 (min.) 360 360
100
– – –
NSV0_01031 1250 (max.) 360 1070

285+M+A+130) 285+M/2 X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2
600 (min.) 360 360
– – –
1250 (max.) 360 1010
The dimension X*min or Y*min on the side with corner covering is
460 mm.


185+M+A+170) 185+M/2 X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2
A 30 ... 190
640 (min.) 310 310

– – –
1250 (max.) 310 920

250

185+M+A+70) 185+M/2 X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2
M
540 (min.) 310 310

NSV0_01032 – – –
1250 (max.) 310 1020

185+M+A+130) 185+M/2 X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2
600 (min.) 310 310
5
– – –
1250 (max.) 310 960
460 mm.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/99

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Fire protection

• Wall thickness M ≥ 150 mm BD2C-...-L... + BD2-S120-BX*(BY*)-M*1)
370+M+A+170) 370+M/2 X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2
890 (min.) 450 450
– – –
1250 (max.) 450 800
A 200

185

370+M+A+70) 370+M/2 X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2
M 150
790 (min.) 450 450

– – –
1250 (max.) 450 900
185
NSV0_01033 • Junction units LV, LH 1250 A

370+M+A+130) 370+M/2 X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2
850 (min.) 450 450
– – –
1250 (max.) 450 840

• Wall thickness M ≥ 150 mm BD2C-...-L... + BD2-S120-BX*(BY*)-M*1)

370+M+A+170) 370+M/2 X*(Y*)-170-A-M/2
A 30 ... 190
720 (min.) 450 450

– – –
1250 (max.) 450 970

150

M
370+M+A+70) 370+M/2 X*(Y*)-70-A-M/2

620 (min.) 450 450
185
– – –
NSV0_01034 1250 (max.) 450 1070

370+M+A+130) 370+M/2 X*(Y*)-130-A-M/2
680 (min.) 450 450
– – –
5
1250 (max.) 450 1010

550 mm.
5/100 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Fire protection
Installing trunking units with fire barriers
Recommended minimum dimensions of ceiling or wall cut-out
System a1) b
current strength up to mm mm
m 400 A 90 200
m
8 2
28– 1250 A 150 200
c
Trunking units with c

mm
Tap-off unit 125
BD2-AK1...,
BD2-AK02..., BD2-AK2...,
BD2-AK03..., BD2-AK3...
1 a Tap-off unit 200
b BD2-AK04..., BD2-AK05...,
NSV0_01035 BD2-AK06...
BD2-BWV or BD2-BDV 200
(with or without tap-off unit)
BD2.-...-EE 200
Positioning in fire ceiling (with or without tap-off unit)
1) For Z units depending on the lengths X*, Y*.
100
a
b
1
NSV0_01037
NSV0_01036 1
Positioning in fire wall
For installing trunking units with fire barriers, the following points
must be observed in addition to correct positioning:
• Horizontally mounted busbar lines must be supported by a
fixing bracket fitted approx. 500 mm before and after the
component they pass through.
1
NSV0_01038
• The space $ surrounding the busbar trunking unit within the
component it passes through must be packed with mineral-
based mortar or ZZ fire barrier sealant TS90.
• The gaps between PROMATECT-H(L) panels, the busbar
trunking unit and the component must be sealed with ZZ fire
barrier sealant TS90 (included in scope of supply if panels are
required).
• The mortar or ZZ fire barrier sealant TS90 must conform to the
applicable regulations for establishing fire resistance rating or
250 mm the construction of the wall or ceiling
(e.g. DIN 1045 and DIN 1053 Part 1).
5
• The installation must be carried out according to pertinent
building regulations (included in scope of supply).
ZZ fire barrier sealant TS90 is available from:
Fa. Diederich Industrievertretung
(Brandschutztechnik)
Cologne
Tel.: +49 2 21/ 9 66 52-0
Fax: +49 2 21 / 9 66 52-2.
NSV0_01039
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/101

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Straight trunking units
BD2.-.-...
c
330
Center of clamp terminal
167
163
NSV0_00591
307 (557) 220
n × 500 (1000)
Length Number of tap-off points on both sides N L1 L2 L3 PE
m n × 500
N L1 L2 L3 PE
NSV0_00086a
126
0.5 ... 1.25 –
1.26 ... 2.25 4 ... 8
68
2.26 ... 3.25 8 ... 12
On optional lengths, it may not be possible to fit 167 167
tap-off units to all tap-off points 160 ... 400 A 630 ... 1250 A
Junction units
L-units
BD2.-...-LR-...(-G*) BD2.-...-LV-...(-G*)
BD2.-...-LL-...(-G*) BD2.-...-LH-...(-G*
c
70
x = 360–1250
NSV0_00592 c
70
NSV0_00593
G* = 85 –175
x = 360–1250
G* = 85 –175
y = 360–1250
Rated current / A c / mm
160 ... 400 68
y = 360–1250
630 ... 1250 126
Z-units
BD2.-...-ZR-... BD2.-...-ZV-...
5 BD2.-...-ZL-... BD2.-...-ZH-...
c
c
z
x = 360 – 600
y = 360 – 600
z = 340–1250
NSV0_00595
NSV0_00594
Rated current / A z / mm
x = 360–600 70
160 ... 400 140 ... 1250
y = 360–600
630 ... 1250 260 ... 1250
5/102 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
T-units
BD2.-...-TR
BD2.-...-TL
184
c1
c
275 275
184 70
167
163
NSV0_00596
275
BD2.-...-TV
BD2.-...-TH
275 275
184
c1
NSV0_00597
275
163
167
184
70
5
Rated current / A c / mm c1 / mm
160 ... 400 68 64
630 ... 1250 126 122
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/103

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
K-units
BD2.-...-KRL
184
c1
184
c
275 275
70
275
NSV0_00598
184
167
275
163
BD2.-...-KVH
167
184
163
184 70
275 275
275
NSV0_00599
184
c1
5
275
Rated current / A c / mm c1 / mm
160 ... 400 68 64
630 ... 1250 126 122
5/104 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Junction units
Flexible junction units
BD2-400-R, BD2-800-R
c1
c2
c3
b
c
182 Ø 6,6 15
a1
205
167
163
NSV0_00600
a3 a2 a4
Type a1 a2 a3 a4 b c c1 c2 c3
BD2-400-R 1250 512 187 187 79 68 64 101 50
BD2-800-R 1750 786 350 250 146.5 126 122 195 145
U shape
R
c6
NSV0_00601
Type c6 Rmin
BD2-400-R 220 110
BD2-800-R 340 110
Z shape
c6
NSV0_00602
5
a5
a6
Type a5 a6 c6 Rmin
BD2-400-R 175 1000 355 110
BD2-800-R 530 1590 400 110
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/105

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A

BD2.-250-VE BD2.-400-VE, BD2.-1000-VE
158 295
58 4 × 65 c
Ø 12,5
8 c
123
108,5
Ø 11
102
90
307
285,5
183,5
NSV0_00603 NSV0_00604
163 c1
200 c2
BD2.-1250-VE Enclosure cut-out
97
452 88
242 77
88 124
b
a
64,5
44 84 12,5 31,5
NSV0_00606 167 Ø 6,6

154
185
146
129
Type a b c c1 c2
338
BD2.-250-VE 34 68 121 64 84
BD2.-400-VE
BD2.-1000-VE 92 126 155,5 122 142
NSV0_00605a
BD2.-1250-VE
163 112
200 122
End feeder units

BD2.-250-EE
143,5
100
40 64
74
14 × 9 Ø9
20
3
300 75 270
5
163
245
270
290
NSV0_00607
200 250
478
563
5/106 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
End feeder units

BD2.-400-EE BD2.-1000-EE
200
122
100
40 64
105
125
9
50
40
423
100
163
219
395
420
440
85
304
170
Ø9
NSV0_00609
NSV0_00608
200 387,5 14 × 9
605
687
BD2.-1250-EE
122
200
186
40
15
163
258
366
587
611
631
86
NSV0_00610
200 386,5
606
5
688
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/107

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Cabling boxes
BD2-400-KR (BD2.-400-EE) BD2-1000-KR (BD2.-1000-EE) BD2-1250-KR (BD2.-1250-EE)
190,5
9,5
191
191
9
26,5
223 308 NSV0_00613
247,5 332,5
223 308
NSV0_00611
100
100
481
325
240
285
100
370
325 473
488,5
14 × 9
NSV0_00612
253
338
Center feeder units

BD2.-400-ME
40 64 40 163
27
40
40
64
163
250
624
650
753
NSV0_00614
686
12
950
9 1000
27
5
224
165
5/108 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Center feeder units

BD2.-1000-ME
40 122 40 163
27
40
40
122
190
163
654
680
783
NSV0_00615
916
12
936
9 1200
1250
27189
327
374
Tap-off units
Size 1 up to 25 A
BD2-AK1/... BD2-AK1/3SD163..., BD2-AK1/2CEE163... BD2-AK1/CEE165...
BD2-AK1/3DK...,
BD2-AK1/2T23...,
BD2-AK1/3T23...,
BD2-AK1/T25...
NSV0_00618
NSV0_00619
NSV0_00620
20,5
c1
c1
199,7
c2
c1
c2
c2
126,2
75
93
NSV0_00617
144
190 170
170
170
170
Type c1 c2
5
BD2-AK1/3SD163..., 71 13
BD2-AK1/3DK...,
BD2-AK1/2T23...,
BD2-AK1/3T23...,
BD2-AK1/T25...
BD2-AK1/2CEE163... 88 44
BD2-AK1/CEE165... 106 52
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/109

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Tap-off units
Size 02 up to 63 A
M25 M32 M40 M63
NSV0_00621
101
20
50
BD2-AK02X/F...
BD2-AK02X/GB...
BD2-AK02X/S...
214
NSV0_00622
331
BD2-AK02M2/A...
BD2-AK02M2/F
214
NSV0_00623
331
5/110 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Tap-off units
Size 2 up to 63 A
354
77
9
20
NSV0_00624
101
50
50
M32 314 7 M20

M40 M32 M20
BD2-AK2X/F..., BD2-AK2X/GB..., BD2-AK2X/S...
205
NSV0_00625
320
BD2-AK2M2/A..., BD2-AK2M2/F
160
205
NSV0_00626
320
Versions with CEE, BS- CH- and Schuko socket outlets

BD2-AK2X/CEE635S33 BD2-AK2X/CEE325S33
BD2-AK2X/2CEE165S14
BD2-AK2M2/2CEE165A163
BD2-AK2X/2CEE165S27(/FORMP)
BD2-AK2M2/T25...
BD2-AK2M2/T23(T25)...CEE165...
BD2-AK2M2/T23(T25)...CEE325...
b1
77
NSV0_00628
5
NSV0_00629
NSV0_00627
BD2-AK2X/3BS133... BD2-AK2M2/2SD163CEE165A163
Type b1 b2
BD2-AK2X/CEE325S33 98 -- b2 b2 b2 b1
NSV0_00630
NSV0_00631
BD2-AK2X/2CEE165S14
BD2-AK2M2/T23(T25)...CEE325
BD2-AK2X/2CEE165S27(/FORMP) 86 --
BD2-AK2M2/2CEE165A163
BD2-AK2M2/T23(T25)...CEE165
BD2-AK2M2/T25... 54 --
BD2-AK2X/3BS133... -- 54
BD2-AK2M2/2SD163CEE165A163 86 54
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/111

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Tap-off units
Size 03 up to 125 A
M25 M32 M40 M63
NSV0_00632
101
20
50
BD2-AK03X/F...
BD2-AK03X/GB...
BD2-AK03X/TPNR...
BD2-AK03X/SPNR...
214
NSV0_00633
431
BD2-AK03M2/A...
160
214
NSV0_00634
431
Versions with fuse switch-disconnector or circuit breaker

BD2-AK03X/GSTA00 BD2-AK03X/FS...
69
NSV0_00638
101
141
5 NSV0_00635
5/112 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Tap-off units
Size 03 up to 125 A
BD2-AK03X/LSD...
459
70,5
20
172
NSV0_00680a
57
Size 3 up to 125 A
BD2-AK3X/GS00
BD2-AK3X/GB...
474
20
9
NSV0_00639
101
50
50
M32 434 7 M20

M63 M40 M25
205
440
5
Version with fuse switch-disconnector
BD2-AK3X/GSTZ00
5
17
R
60
NSV0_00640
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/113

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Tap-off units
Size 04 up to 250 A
BD2-AK04/LSD...
260
202
336
494
ca. 340
406
NSV0_01040
662
725
BD2-AK04/LSM...
ca. 370
NSV0_01041
271
348
202
278
BD2-AK04/SNH1, BD2-AK04/GB250J-... BD2-AK04/FS...

263
202
202
NSV0_01042
NSV0_01043
339
278
5/114 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Tap-off units
Size 05, 06 up to 630 A
BD2-AK05/LSD..., BD2-AK06/LSD...
332
252
408
NSV0_01044
494
ca. 410
406
862
924
941
BD2-AK05/LSM..., BD2-AK06/LSM...
ca. 400
312
252
390
328
NSV0_01047
BD2-AK05/SNH2, BD2-AK06/SNH3 BD2-AK05/FS...

252
328
313
252
389
NSV0_01048 5
NSV0_01049
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/115

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
10
15
77
h
Type h
BD2-GKM2/F 101
BD2-GKX/F 151
54
NSV0_00646
BD2-GKM2/F
NSV0_00647
160
205
320
BD2-GKX/F
NSV0_00648
205
320
Protective sleeves Fire barriers

BD2-400-D BD2-1250-D +BD2-S90 (S120)-...
NSV0_00653
NSV0_00649
NSV0_00650
NSV0_00652
107
64
208
208
163
205
BD2.-160 (-250, -400) -...
110 168
BD2-...-D
NSV0_00655
NSV0_00651
NSV0_00654
208
122
163 165
500
BD2.-630 (-800, -1000, -1250) -... 205
Joint blocks End flanges

BD2-400-SK, BD2-1250-EK BD2-400-FE, BD2-1250-FE
5
Type a 1
165
mm
a
Type c
BD2-400-SK 68 mm
c
330
140 Ø 6,6
BD2-1250-EK 126 BD2-400-FE 68
NSV0_00656
BD2-1250-FE 126
167
167
80
NSV0_00657
2
1 Length of trunking unit
2 End of end flange = center of joint block
5/116 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Fixing
Fixing brackets, flat and edgewise Spacers Spacer brackets
BD2-400-BB, BD2-1250-BB 15
BD2-DSB BD2-BD
NSV0_00659
30 ... 82
NSV0_00658
110
33
c1
c
40
28
25
169 34
199 33 288
250
7,2
100
208
26
100
9
7,2 11
11
NSV0_00660
14
Type c c1
mm mm To secure systems directly to concrete walls,
BD2-400-BB 86,5 48 always use steel expansion bolts approved
by the local building inspectorate.
BD2-1250-BB 144,5 77
For example:
• RICO, Order No. 15J1-A08/40
• Fischerwerke, type SLM8N, article no. 50521
Vertical retaining elements Vertical retaining elements
BD2-BWV BD2-BDV
246
NSV0_00662
200
16
48 +10
-5
+10
15
135
-5
9
25
400
NSV0_00661
91
28 – 82
43
27
11
15
600
640
Vertical fixing brackets

BD2-BVF
230 9
200
16
55
5
140
165
115
140
NSV0_00663
NSV0_00664
40
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/117

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A

Edgewise mounting position Vertical mounting position
BD2-400-HF, BD2-1250-HF BD2-400-HFE, BD2-1250-HFE BD2-400-VF, BD2-1250-VF
182
212
NSV0_00666
NSV0_00667
362
b
b
16
16
NSV0_00665
Type b Type b
mm mm
BD2-400-HFE 72 BD2-400-VF 72
b
BD2-1250-HFE 130 BD2-1250-VF 130
16
Type b
mm
BD2-400-HF 72
BD2-1250-HF 130
Flat mounting position Flat and vertical mounting position

BD2-FF BD2-FFE BD2-FAS
NSV0_00669
122
NSV0_00670
183
166
19
364
170
17,5
5
NSV0_00668
170
17,5
5/118 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A

For connection point or end flange
BD2-400-FS, BD2-1250-FS, BD2-400-FSE, BD2-1250-FSE
a
b
NSV0_00676
Type a b
170
178
190
BD2-400-FS 72 37
BD2-1250-FS 130 66
BD2-400-FSE 72 37
BD2-1250-FSE 130 66
150 150
368
For tap-off units

BD2-AK1-IP55
120
70,5
110,5 3
10 166
NSV0_00677
BD2-AK02-IP55, BD2-AK03-IP55
Ø 15
120
10 166
Ø 45 Ø 75
NSV0_00678
Ø 45
5
10
Ø 15
Ø 45 Ø 75 X Ø 45
NSV0_00679 View X
165
Type a
166
150
BD2-AK2X-IP55 130
BD2-AK3X-IP55 190
95 a 120
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 5/119

© Siemens AG 2007
BD2 System — 160 ... 1250 A
Socket outlets including accessories

Socket outlets with adapter enclosure
BD2-CEE
NSV0_00671
75
75
40 l1
l2
BD2-SD163
NSV0_00672
75
75 15
69
Adapter enclosures
BD2-AG
NSV0_00673
60
75
M25
7
26
15 3 40
R
6
4,4 10
60
75
Adapter plates
BD2-APM BD2-APO
5
3,5
44
38
60
75
75
NSV0_00675
NSV0_00674
R
38 75
6
5,3
60
75
5/120 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
6/2 Glossary
6/6 Ordering notes
6/7 Further documentation
6/8 Standards and approvals
6/11 Siemens contacts
6/12 A&D Online Services
6/13 Customer support
6/14 Subject index
6/15 Type reference list
6/16 Terms and conditions

of sale and delivery.
Export regulations
© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Glossary
■ Overview
This glossary offers brief explanations of some of the terms used Reference is made underneath each term to the relevant section
in this catalog. However it must not be regarded as a substitute in the standard, e.g. IEC/EN 60947-1. Additionally, IEV numbers
for the actual text of the standard, especially where the new are stated in order to enable you to find foreign language
terms used in IEC/EN 60947 are concerned. equivalents in the electrotechnical dictionary (IEC 50:
International Electrotechnical Vocabulary), e.g. IEV 441-17-31.
(AC) Rating or rated power The operational power that an equipment is capable of switching at the
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.3) associated rated operational voltage in accordance with the utilization
category, e.g. contactor utilization category AC-3: 37 kW at 400 V.
Altitude The density of air decreases with increasing altitude, and this reduces
its insulating capacity as well as its heat transfer capability. The rated
operational voltage and rated operational current of switching
devices, conductors and motors as well as the tripping behavior of
thermal overload relays are affected by this.
Upon request, Siemens will supply information as to the suitability or
otherwise of switchgear for operation at altitudes above the 2000 m
limit specified by the standard.
or get in direct touch with Technical Assistance (see page 6/13).
Ambient temperature, enclosed Temperature at which the switching device is capable of being
(see also IEV 441-11-13) operated within a closed enclosure. For this purpose, it must be taken
into account that the heat losses of the device will add to the internal
temperature rise within the enclosure.
Ambient temperature, open Room temperature (for example of the workshop or contact chamber)
(see also IEV 441-11-13) in which the switching device is located.
Back-of-hand proof An equipment whose live parts cannot be touched by a sphere of

50 mm diameter is regarded as back-of-hand proof.
Clearance The distance between two conductive parts along a string stretched
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.5.46/IEV 441-17-31) the shortest way between these conductive parts. The clearance in air
is determined by the rated impulse withstand voltage, overvoltage
category and the degree of pollution.
Closing time The interval of time between the instant of command and the first make
operation of the contacts of the first pole to close. The closing delay is
made up of the response delay and the closing delay.
Control circuit reliability Measures the probability of switching states arising during the endur-
ance of a switching contact that would be interpreted as faults by
downstream electronic controllers (PLCs). Control circuit reliability is
expressed in values based on tests using standard limit values for
signals according to IEC/EN 61131-2.
Conventional free air thermal current Ith The maximum value of current that an equipment is capable of carrying
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.1) for a minimum of 8 hours without thermal overloading. As a rule, it
corresponds to the maximum rated operational current.
Creepage distance The shortest distance along the surface of the insulating material
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.5.51/IEV 151-03-37) between two conductive parts. The creepage path/distance is
determined by the rated insulation voltage, the degree of pollution
and the creepage resistance of the material used.
Damp heat, constant This test subjects the equipment to an ambient temperature of 40 °C at
a constant humidity of 93%. At set intervals during the test, the electrical
and mechanical function of the equipment are examined.
Damp heat, cyclical This test subjects the equipment to cyclically changing climatic
conditions. A cycle applies 40 °C ambient temperature at 93% relative
humidity for 12 hours, followed by 12 hours of 25 °C at 95%. At set
intervals during the test, the electrical and mechanical function of the
equipment are examined.
EMERGENCY-STOP switching device Switching device with an EMERGENCY-STOP device that is intended to
prevent danger to persons, damage to machinery or work materials.
Finger-safe An equipment whose live parts cannot be touched by the operator

during actuation is termed finger-safe. This also affects operator
activity on neighboring switching devices. The finger-safe area of a
push-actuated operating medium is a circular area of at least 30 mm
radius around the actuating element, and vertical to the direction of
actuation. Within this circular area, touch-critical parts must be located
at not less than 80 mm below the actuating level.
6/2 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Glossary
Isolating function Equipment is deemed to possess this isolating function provided their
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.1.19) switching contacts, when in the open position, achieve the separation
distance prescribed for the isolation of electrical circuits, and their
creepage paths and clearance distances are of the required size. The
power supply to the entire installation or a section of the installation can
thus be cut off for safety reasons, e.g. during maintenance.
Losses The difference between the input power and the output power of a
(see also IEV 151-03-18) device. The main type of loss in electrical equipment and operating
media in power distribution is current heat loss.
Mechanical shock resistance The capacity of an equipment to withstand pulse-like motions without
changing its operating state or sustaining damage. No contact lifting
must take place on devices in the On position, the main contacts must
not knock against one another in the Off position. A protective switch
must not trip, and auxiliary switches must not change their switching
state.
Minimum command duration Minimum period of time for which a trip-initiating factor (control pulse,
short-circuit current) must be present in order to effect the correspond-
ing reaction, e.g. the short-circuit duration necessary to initiate tripping.
Opening time The interval of time between the specified instant of initiation of the
(see also IEV 441-17-36) opening operation and the instant when the arcing contacts have
separated in all poles. The opening time is the sum of the tripping delay
and the inherent delay of the contacts.
Overvoltage category Ident. No. for prospective overvoltages as might be caused,

(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.5.60) for example, as a result of lightning or switching operation. The
overvoltage category applicable to industrial switchgear is III. The
applicability of switchgear according to the overvoltage categories is
as follows:
• Overvoltage category IV:
Use directly at the termination point of the installation (directly affected
by any lightning), e.g. at an overhead line connection point.
• Overvoltage category III:
Operating media with special requirements as to the serviceability for
connection in fixed installations which are protected by overvoltage
diversion measures, e.g. switches in low-voltage distribution systems
or in control systems for industrial use.
• Overvoltage category II:
Power consumers for connection to fixed installations, e.g. household
appliances, electrical tools.
• Overvoltage category I:
Operating media for connection to circuits with overvoltage protection
devices, e.g. electronic devices.
Pollution degree Ident. No. for the prospective quantities of conductive dust and
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 5.5.58) humidity, which can lead to a reduction in the control circuit reliability of
a switching device. The degree of pollution is defined by the following
factors:
• Degree of pollution 1:
No pollution or only dry, non-conductive pollution occurs. The pollution
has no effect on the control circuit reliability.
Usually, only non-conductive pollution. However, transient
conductivity through condensation is to be expected.
• Degree of pollution 3: (switchgear for industrial use)
Conductive pollution or dry, non-conductive pollution, which is
rendered conductive through condensation.
The pollution leads to long-term conductivity, e.g. pollution through
conductive dust, rain or snow.
Positive or This describes an arrangement where a link between the actuator and
enforced operation/actuation the switching element ensures that the force exerted on the actuator is
transferred directly (without the intervention of sprung parts) onto the
switching element.
Positive opening An opening operation which ensures that the main contacts of a
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.4.10 / IEV 441-16-11) switching device have attained the open position when the actuator is
in the Off position.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 6/3

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Glossary
Positively-driven operation This ensures that the auxiliary contacts of a switching device are
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.4.11 / IEV 441-16-12) always in the switch position corresponding to the open or closed
position of the main contacts. The contacts of contactors are positively
driven contacts, provided they are mechanically linked in such a way
as to ensure that normally closed contacts and normally open contacts
can never be closed simultaneously. This arrangement must also
ensure that minimum contact separation of 0.5 mm is maintained over
the entire endurance of the device, even during a fault (e.g. welding of
one contact). The pertinent German Trade Association requires the use
of contactors with positively driven contacts for control systems on
power presses in the metal processing industry.
Rated actuating voltage Uc The voltage which is applied to the actuating make contact in a control
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.5.1) circuit. Due to the presence in the control circuit of transformers or
resistors, this voltage may differ from the rated control supply voltage.
Rated breaking capacity The rms value that a switching device is capable of breaking according
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.5.3) to its utilization category. This value refers to the rated operational
voltage and the rated operational current. Equipment must be capable
of breaking any value of current up to and including its rated breaking
capacity stated.
Rated conditional short-circuit current Iq The short-circuit current that a switching device, e.g. a circuit breaker,
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.5.29/IEV 441-17-20) protected by a short-circuit protective device such as a motor-protective
circuit breaker, can carry for the duration of the tripping delay of the
protective mechanism.
Rated control supply voltage Us The voltage applied to the input terminals of the control circuit of an
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.5.1) equipment. Due to the presence in the control circuit of transformers or
resistors, this voltage may differ from the rated actuating (control
circuit) voltage.
Rated current In (of a circuit breaker) For circuit breakers, this current value is equal to the rated uninter-
(see also IEC/EN 60947-2; 4.3.2.3) rupted current and the conventional free-air thermal current.
Rated frequency The frequency for which an equipment is designed and to which the
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.3) other characteristics are referred.
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Measures the stability of the internal clearances of an equipment
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.1.3) against overvoltage peaks. The utilization of suitable switchgear can
ensure that overvoltages are prevented from transferring from the
mains to de-energized system sections within it.
Rated insulation voltage Ui The voltage to which insulation tests and creepage distances of
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.1.2) equipment are referred. The maximum rated operational voltage must
not be higher than the rated insulation voltage.
Rated making capacity The value of current that an equipment is capable of switching on in
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.5.2) accordance with the utilization category and the rated operational
voltage.
Rated operational current Ie The current that an equipment is capable of carrying, taking into
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.3) account the rated operational voltage, duration of operation, utilization
category and ambient temperature.
Rated operational voltage Ue The voltage to which the characteristics of an equipment are referred.
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.1.1) The highest rated operational voltage must not be higher than the
rated insulation voltage.
Rated output / power The power output of a motor at the associated rated operational voltage.
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.3)
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics The prospective short-circuit current which, depending on the rated
(see also IEC/EN 60947-2; 4.3.5.2.2) operational voltage, a circuit breaker is capable of breaking repeatedly
(test cycle O-CO-CO, previously P-2). After interrupting this short-cir-
cuit current value, the circuit breaker must be capable of continuing to
carry and disconnect in the event of overloading, the rated uninter-
rupted current, despite its own thermal level having increased.
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity Icn The maximum value of current that an equipment is capable of
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.6.3) switching off at rated operational voltage and rated frequency, and
without sustaining damage. It is expressed as rms value.
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm The maximum value of current that an equipment is capable of
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.6.2) switching on at rated operational voltage and rated frequency, and
without sustaining damage. Unlike for other characteristic values,
6 it is expressed as maximum prospective peak value.
Rated short-time withstand current Icw The short-time withstand current value that the equipment is capable of
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.6.1) carrying for a specified time without damage, e.g. due to excessive
heating.
6/4 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Glossary
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu Maximum short-circuit current which a circuit breaker is capable of
(see also IEC/EN 60947-2; 4.3.5.2.1) interrupting (test cycle: O.-CO, previously P-1). Following short-circuit
switching off, the circuit breaker is able, in the event of overload, to trip
with increased tolerances.
Rated uninterrupted current Iu The value of current that an equipment can carry in continuous duty
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 4.3.2.4) (for weeks, months or years).
Safe isolation Isolation of circuits not carrying hazardous voltages, e.g. protective
(see also IEC/EN 61140) extra-low voltage, from circuits in which hazardous voltages flow. Such
isolation is achieved by means of reinforced or double insulation, which
reliably prevents voltage transfer from one circuit to another. This might
otherwise take place between main circuits and auxiliary circuits in
switching devices or between primary and secondary in safety
transformers. Safe isolation is a priority requirement for safety circuits
and functional low-voltage circuits.
Tamper proof An Emergency-Stop switching device is regarded as tamper proof

provided it cannot be reset without tools or via prescribed procedure,
after tripping has taken place. The device latches in the tripped
position. Accidental or deliberate manipulation (inching) is ruled out.
Touch protection Design measures incorporated into equipment in order to prevent

direct contact (i.e. without tools) with live parts of a system (finger-safe,
back-of-hand proof).
Type of coordination Status of a switchgear combination (motor starter) during and after
testing at rated conditional short-circuit current:
• Type of coordination "1":
- no risk to persons or installations
- no requirement for immediate readiness for renewed operation
- damage to the starter is admissible
• Type of coordination "2":
- no risk to persons or installations
- starter is capable of renewed operation
- no damage to the starter with the exception of a slight welding of the
switching contacts, provided they can be separated without
significant deformation
Utilization category A combination of specified requirements relating to the operating
(see also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.1.18/IEV 441-17-19) condition in which the switching device or fuse fulfills its purpose,
selected to represent a characteristic group of practical applications.
The specified requirements may concern, for example, the values of
making capacity, breaking capacity and other characteristic values,
data concerning associated circuits, and the relevant conditions of use
and operational characteristic.
(see also IEC/EN 60947-2; 4.4) For circuit breakers, the utilization category denotes whether the
equipment is designed for selectivity using time delay (category B) or
not (category A).
Symbols used in technical data and formulae

OP ON period (duty ratio) IT Response value of earth-fault release
I∆n Response value of earth-fault release Ith Conventional free air thermal current
Icm Rated short-circuit making capacity Ithe Conventional enclosed thermal current
Icn Rated short-circuit breaking capacity Iu Rated uninterrupted current
Ics Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity SNT Transformer rating
Icu Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity tr Time delay of overload release response
Icw Rated short-time withstand current tT Time delay of earth-fault release response
Ie Rated operational current tv Time delay of short-circuit release response
i Transformer initial short-circuit current Irmf Response value of fixed, instantaneous short-circuit release
IL Response value for load monitoring Irmv Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release
In Rated current Uc Rated actuating voltage
INT Rated transformer current Ue Rated operational voltage
IPK Rated peak withstand current Ui Rated insulation voltage
Iq Rated conditional short-circuit current Uim Rated impulse withstand voltage
Ir Set value of overcurrent release uk Transformer short-circuit voltage
Irm Response value of instantaneous short-circuit release Us Rated control supply voltage
6
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 6/5

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Ordering notes
■ Ag and Cu surcharges ■ Orders for special designs

Surcharges for aluminum (Al) and copper (Cu) will be added to For ordering products that differ from the versions listed in the
the prices of certain products. Calculation of the surcharges will catalog, the order number specified in the catalog must be
be governed by the official Al quotation for aluminum and by the supplemented with "–Z"; the required features must be specified
Cu-DEL quotation applying on the date of receipt of order or of by means of the alphanumeric order codes or in plain text.
call-off.
Order No.
The prices for products in this catalog include the price of
aluminum and copper calculated on the basis of a list price of When ordering from the catalog the prefix BVP: must be placed
€€150/100 kg. If the aluminum and copper rates exceed this before the article number listed in the catalog, for example:
price, a surcharge will be made on the basis of the DEL quota- BVP:034262
tion in force on the day of delivery.
Type
Equation for calculating Al and Cu surcharges:
If a type designation contains * characters, it is not complete
Cu-DEL quotation or Al quotation €€ – 150 €
€ (e.g. in case of variable lengths) and must be supplemented
--------------------------------------------------------------- × Cu/Al weight (kg)
100 kg according to specifications in the table.
The DEL quotation ("COPPER DEL – Notiz hoch" and "ALU in
Kabeln") can be consulted daily on the Internet:
http://www.kabelverband.de/
For 2007:
http://www.kabelverband.de/
delnotizen/Metallnotierungen%202007.html
■ Small Orders
When small orders are placed, the costs associated with order
processing are greater than the order value. We recommend
therefore that you combine several small orders. Where this is
not possible, we unfortunately find it necessary to charge a
processing supplement of €€ 20.-- to cover our costs for order
processing and invoicing for all orders with a net goods value of
less than €€ 250.--.
6/6 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Further documentation
■ Overview
You will find all the latest information material, such as We regard product support as just as important as the products
brochures, catalogs, manuals and operating instructions on and systems themselves. Visit our Support site on the Internet for
low-voltage controls and distribution on the Internet at: a comprehensive range of material on SIRIUS, SENTRON and
SIVACON, such as
http://www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/info
• Catalogs available to order free of charge
Here you can order your copy of the available documentation or • Operating instructions and manuals for direct download
download it in common file formats (PDF, ZIP).
• Online registration for seminars and events
• Up-to-date answers to your queries and problems
• Software upgrades and updates for fast download
• Telephone assistance in more than 190 countries
• Photos and graphics for external use
and much, much more – all conveniently and easily accessible.
For your inventory control and planning systems we can provide

commercial, technical and graphic data in electronic form for the
range of low-voltage control products:
Master Data of Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution V2.0

Edition 2008
The CD-ROM contains commercial master data for low-voltage
control products for further processing in inventory control and
planning systems in the formats DATANORM, ELDANORM, CSV,
ASCII, DBASE, XML and MS ACCESS97 (in German only).
Order No.: E86060-D1003-A301-A6
Token fee 5.-- €
€
We also provide further support for SIRIUS - SENTRON - SIVACON

Technical Product Data for CAx Applications
Edition 04/2007
The CD-ROM provides technical and graphic data for the range
of low-voltage control products for further processing in
CAE/CAD systems. The technical data are available in ASCII,
in the format of ECAD Component Standard V1.2, and in other
system-specific formats. Graphic data are provided in DXF and
DWG format.
Order No.: E86060-D1000-A207-A5-6300
Token fee 48.-- €€
Technical Product-Data Collection

Edition 04/2007
For the low-voltage control products the two DVDs contain 2D
dimension drawings in DXF format, 3D models in STEP format
and product data sheets as PDF files in 4 languages (German,
English, French, Spanish). Texts for tenders are available in
Catalogs, CDs and brochures offer fast and more in-depth information GAEB and Text format.
Order No.: E86060-D1000-A207-A3-7400
Token fee 10.-- €€
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 6/7

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Standards and approvals
■ Overview
Verification certificates and characteristic curves
To find the latest overview of the certificates available for our low-
voltage controls and distribution products, as well as other
technical documentation, please visit our Internet site at:
http://www.siemens.com/lowvoltage/support
Product support: Certificates Product support: Characteristic curves
■ Approval requirements valid in different countries

Siemens low-voltage switchgear and controlgear are designed, In some European countries, an approval is required for
manufactured and tested according to the relevant German installation material. The equipment group "miniature circuit-
standards (DIN and VDE), IEC publications and European breakers and RCCBs" may still be marked in certain fields and
standards (EN) as well as CSA and UL standards. The standards therefore bears the corresponding marks of approval
assigned to the individual switchgear and controlgear (see table, page 6/9).
components are stated in the relevant parts of this catalog.
For use on board ship, the specifications of the marine
As far as is economically viable, the requirements of the various classification societies must be observed. In some cases,
regulations valid in other countries are also taken into account in they require type tests of the components to be approved
the design of the equipment. (see table, page 6/9).
Some countries have approval requirements for certain
low-voltage devices. Depending on market demands, approvals
for the devices have been obtained or are under application
from the authorized testing authorities (see the table on page 6/9).
In some cases, CSA for Canada and UL for the USA only
approve special switchgear designs. For this equipment, partial
limitations of the maximum permissible voltages, currents and
ratings can be imposed, or special approval and, in some
cases, special identification is required.
6/8 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
■ Testing bodies, approval identification and approval requirements

Country Canada1) USA1) China Belgium Germany France Austria Switzerland
Government-appointed or private, CSA UL (USA) UL CQC CEBEC VDE UTE ÖVE SEV
officially recognized testing bodies
Approval symbol
s cu u U V
cU cUUS
cUUS
Approval requirements ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
2) 2)
Remarks CCC Approval requirements only for installation material
1) For guide numbers and file numbers for approvals, please visit 2) UL and CSA are authorized to grant approvals according to Canadian or
www.siemens.com/automation/support and select "Product Support". US regulations. Please note: these approvals are frequently not recognized
and additional approval often has to be obtained from the national testing
authority.
■ Marine classification societies

Country Germany France United Italy Norway Poland Russia, USA
Kingdom CIS
Name Germanischer Bureau Lloyds Registro Det Norske Polski Russian American
Lloyd Veritas Register of Italiano Veritas Rejestre Maritime Bureau of
Shipping Navale Statków Register of Shipping
Shipping
Codes GL BV LRS RINA DNV PRS RMRS ABS
■ > mark of conformity

Manufacturers of products which fall within the subject area to The mark of conformity is a mandatory requirement for putting
which EU directives apply must identify their products, instruction products into circulation throughout the EU.
manuals or packaging with a CE mark of conformity. • Low-voltage directive (NS 73/23/EU)
The CE mark of conformity confirms that a product fulfills the EMC directive (EMC 89/336/EU)
appropriate basic requirements of all pertinent directives.
■ Special specifications for the USA and Canada

In the USA and Canada, for machine tools and processing control switches/auxiliary contacts in general) are generally only
machines in particular, supply lines are laid using rubber approved by CSA and UL for "Heavy Duty" or "Standard Duty"
insulated conductors enclosed in heavy-duty steel piping similar and are identified either with these specifications in addition to
to that used for gas or water pipe systems. the maximum permissible voltage or by using an abbreviation.
The tubing system must be completely watertight and The abbreviations are harmonized with IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix 1
electrically conductive (especially sleeving and elbows). Since Table A1 and correspond to the stated utilization categories.
the tubing system can also be grounded, the cable entries of
enclosed units equipped with heavy-gauge or metric threads For various switching devices detailed in the catalog, a note has
must be fitted with metal adapters between these threads and been included to the effect that, above a certain voltage, the
the tube thread. The necessary adapters are specified for the control switches/auxiliary contacts can only be used if they have
switchgear as accessories; they should be ordered separately the same polarity. This means that the input terminals can only
unless otherwise specified. be connected to the same pole of the control voltage, e.g.
"600 V AC above 300 V AC same polarity".
Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear for auxiliary circuits
(e.g. contactor relays, command and signaling devices and
Different features of UL approvals (for USA and Canada)
Recognized component Listed product
UL issues yellow "Guide cards" with a Guide No. and a File No UL issues white "Guide cards" with a Guide No. and a File No.
Devices are identified on the rating plate Devices are identified using the "UL Listing Mark" on the rating plate
using the "UL Recognition Mark": e.g. USA: u LISTED 165 C Canada: cu LISTED 165 C
IND. CONT. EQ. IND. CONT. EQ.
USA: U, cUUS
(165 C stands for: Siemens, A & D CD Division, Amberg plant)
Canada: cU, cUUS
Devices are approved as modules for "factory wiring", i.e.: Devices are approved for "field wiring", i.e.:
As devices for installation in control systems, which are selected, installed, • As devices for installation in control systems, which are completely wired by
wired and tested entirely by trained personnel in factories, workshops or trained personnel in factories, workshops or elsewhere.
elsewhere, according to the conditions of use. • As single devices for sale in retail outlets in the USA/Canada.
If devices are u or cu approved as "Listed Products", they are also approved as "Recognized Components" and allowed to be marked U or cU.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 6/9

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
■ Special specifications in different countries

Argentina GOST approval for Russia
In Argentina the approval requirements are based on Resolution A GOST approval is required for all products
92/98. Since 01.04.2001 circuit-breakers and RCCBs require that are to be sold in Russia. The GOST mark
approval. has been obligatory on the packaging of all
devices since mid-1998.
Since 01.04.2002 protective switches up to In = 63 A and
Umax = 440 V require approval and must bear a mark of All devices delivered to any part of the Russian
conformity. A 46 Federation must have this customs certification.
CCC approval for China South Africa
A003617 In South Africa there are approval requirements for circuit-breakers
Since August 1, 2003, CCC approval is required and busbar trunking systems. Such equipment must bear a
for all products that are marketed in China. conformity mark.
Romania
In Romania, components which are used in public buildings
must be approved by the Romanian testing authority ICECON.
■ Country-specific approvals
Country Canada USA Romania Russia1), Turkey Ukraine China South Africa
CIS
Codes UL CSA ICECON GOST-R TSE Ukraine- CCC SABS
GOST
CD-K system -- -- -- ✔ -- ✔ ✔ ✔
BD01 system -- -- -- ✔ -- ✔ ✔ ✔
BD2 system -- -- -- ✔ -- ✔ ✔ ✔
LD system -- -- -- ✔ -- ✔ -- ✔
LX system -- -- -- ✔ -- ✔ -- --
LR system -- -- -- ✔ -- ✔ -- --
✔ = Approved or certified
1) In Russia, the BD2, LD and LX systems also passed the fire barrier test
(Poshtest).
■ Approvals issued by marine classification societies

Country Germany France United Italy Norway Poland Russia, USA
Kingdom CIS
Name Germanischer Bureau Lloyds Registro Det Norske Polski Russian American
Lloyd Veritas Register of Italiano Veritas Rejestre Maritime Bureau of
Shipping Navale Statków Register of Shipping
Shipping
Codes GL BV LRS RINA DNV PRS RMRS ABS
CD-K system -- -- -- -- ✔ -- -- --
BD01 system -- -- -- -- ✔ -- -- --
BD2 system -- -- -- -- ✔ -- -- --
LD system -- -- -- -- ✔ -- -- --
LX system -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
LR system -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
✔ = Approved or certified
■ More information
For more information about standards and approvals go to
http://www.siemens.com/automation/support and select
"Product Support".
If you have any questions concerning UL/CSA approvals,
contact Technical Assistance, Tel.: +49 911/895 5900.
6/10 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Siemens contacts
■ Siemens contacts worldwide

At
http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner
you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide
responsible for particular technologies.
You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for
• Technical Support,
• Spare parts/repairs,
• Service,
• Training,
• Sales or
• Consultation/engineering.
You start by selecting a
• Country,
• Product or
• Sector.
By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly
the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 6/11

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
A&D Online Services
■ A&D in the WWW

A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore
built up a comprehensive range of information in the World Wide
Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data required.
Under the address
http://www.siemens.com/automation
you will find everything you need to know about products, sys-
tems and services.
■ Product Selection Using the Offline Mall of Automation and Drives

Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The Offline Mall CA 01 covers more than 80,000 products and
thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Automation and
Drives product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the Offline Mall CA 01 can be found in the Internet
under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on CD-ROM or DVD.
■ Easy Shopping with the A&D Mall

The A&D Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in
the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products
presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive
way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from
selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried
out online via the Internet.
Numerous functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the
required products, which can be immediately checked for avail-
ability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes
can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.
Please visit the A&D Mall on the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
6/12 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Customer Support
■ Configuration and software engineering

Support in configuring and de-
veloping with customer-oriented
services from actual configura-
tion to implementation of the au-
tomation project.2)
.I
■ Technical Support
Competent consulting in tech-
In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to nical questions covering a wide
keep ahead all the time: range of customer-oriented ser-
A strong starting position. A sophisticated strategy and team for vices for all our products and
the necessary support - in every phase. systems.
Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a
complete range of different services for automation and drives. Tel.: +49 (0)180 50 50 222
Fax: +49 (0)180 50 50 223
In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and (0.14 €/min from the German
upgrading. landline)
Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the produc- http://www.siemens.com/
tivity and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form. automation/support-request
■ Online Support ■ Service vor Ort

The comprehensive information With Service On Site we offer
system available round the services for startup and main-
clock via Internet ranging from tenance, essential for ensuring
Product Support and Service & system availability.
Support services to Support
Tools in the Shop. In Germany
http://www.siemens.com/ 0180 50 50 4442)
automation/service&support (0.14 €/min from the German
landline)
■ Technical Consulting ■ Repairs and Spare Parts

Support in the planning and In the operating phase of a ma-
designing of your project from chine or automation system we
detailed actual-state analysis, provide a comprehensive repair
target definition and consulting and spare parts service ensur-
on product and system ques- ing the highest degree of oper-
tions right to the creation of the ating safety and reliability.
automation solution.2)
In Germany
0180 50 50 4461)
(0.14 €/min from the German
landline)
Technical Assistance
Expert technical assistance1) for
■ Optimization and Upgrading
Low-voltage controls and elec- To enhance productivity and
trical installation. save costs in your project we
offer high-quality services in
Tel.: +49 (9 11) 8 95-59 00 optimization and upgrading.2)
Fax: +49 (9 11) 8 95-59 07
E-Mail: technical-assistance
@siemens.com
6
1) 2)
Contact: For country-specific telephone numbers go to our Internet site at:
Technical assistance for product selection · Old/new coding · http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
Competitor coding · Special versions · Special requirements · Sales
promotion (Infoline).
Your regional contacts for sales support (prices, discounts, delivery times).
Technical Support for commissioning support and after-sales services.
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 6/13

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Subject index
A F R
Adapter enclosures 5/72 Feeder units Retaining elements, vertical busbar
Adapter plates 5/72 BD01 system 4/4, 4/6, 4/9, 4/12 lines 5/13, 5/68
Ancillary equipment units BD2 system 5/7, 5/19, 5/46 ... 5/49 Route planning 5/78 ... 5/80
BD01 system 4/5, 4/19 ... 4/22 CD-K system 3/4, 3/11
BD2 system 5/10, 5/60 Fire load 2/11, 5/21 S
Arrangement of luminaires 3/17 Fire barriers 4/8, 4/28, 4/33, Seals IP55 5/71
5/6, 5/80, 5/94 ... 5/101 Short-circuit protection 3/20, 4/9,
B Fire protection kits 4/32, 5/82, 5/88
Balanced load 3/16 BD01 system 4/28 Sizes of the trunking units
Busbar trunking planning 2/8 Fixing (cross-sections) 5/74
BD01 system 4/7, 4/28, 4/30, 4/31 Socket outlets 5/72
C BD2 system 5/13, 5/68, 5/69, 5/75 Spacer brackets 5/13, 5/68
Cable clips 3/6, 3/14 CD-K system 3/14 Spacers 5/13, 5/68
Cable entry 5/69 Fixing brackets Sprinkler test 5/92
Cabling boxes 5/69 BD01 system 4/7, 4/28 Standard transformers 5/88
Ceiling mounting 4/30, 5/13, 5/68 BD2 system 5/13, 5/68, 5/69 Supporting structures 5/75
Center feeder units 5/48, 5/49 CD-K system 3/6, 3/14 Suspension 3/6, 4/7, 4/28, 4/30, 4/31
Coding Fixing intervals 3/16, 4/30, 4/31, 5/82 Suspension brackets
BD01 system 4/8, 4/28 Flanges IP54 5/70 BD01 system 4/7, 4/28
CD-K system 3/6, 3/13 Flanges IP55 5/71 CD-K system 3/6, 3/14
Communication-capable busbar Functional endurance 5/91 Suspension hook 3/14
trunking 2/9
Consumption recording 2/10 G T
Lighting control 2/10 Grid types 5/90 Tap-off plugs
Switching and reporting 2/10 CD-K system 3/4, 3/12
Concentrated load 3/16 H Tap-off points
Configuration 3/15 ... 3/21, Horizontal installation 5/78, 5/84 BD01 system 4/6, 4/27
4/29 ... 4/33, 5/73 ... 5/93 BD2 system 5/70, 5/71
Connection points I CD-K system 3/5
BD01 system 4/3, 4/6, 4/27 Installation plan 5/84, 5/85 Tap-off units
BD2 system 5/4, 5/70, 5/71 BD01 system 4/4, 4/5, 4/6, 4/9,
CD-K system 3/5, 3/13 J 4/13 ... 4/18, 4/21 ... 4/24
Connections 3/3, 4/3, 5/4 Joint blocks BD2 system 5/8 ... 5/10, 5/14, 5/20,
BD01 system 4/3, 4/28 5/50 ... 5/59, 5/61 ... 5/65, 5/80
D BD2 system 5/4, 5/68 Temperature characteristic 3/21, 4/32, 5/83
Degree of protection IP54 5/11, 5/70 Junction units 5/81 Touch protection against direct
Degree of protection IP55 3/5, 3/13, BD01 system 4/3, 4/12 contact 5/89
4/6, 4/27, 5/12, 5/71 BD2 system 5/5, 5/30 ... 5/45 Trunking units
Degrees of protection 5/89 Flexible 4/3, 4/12, 5/36, 5/37, BD01 system 4/3, 4/10, 4/11
Determining the orientation of 5/44, 5/45 BD2 system 5/4, 5/5, 5/15 ... 5/18,
BD2 system 5/77 K-units 5/36, 5/37, 5/44, 5/45 5/22 ... 5/29
Distribution board feeder units 5/48, 5/49 L-units 5/30, 5/31, 5/34, 5/35, CD-K system 3/3, 3/9, 3/10
5/38, 5/39, 5/42, 5/43 Optional lengths 5/81
E Position of fire protection 5/96 ... 5/100 Position of fire barriers 5/95, 5/96
End feeder units 5/46, 5/47 T-units 5/36, 5/37, 5/44, 5/45 Standard lengths 5/81
CD-K system 3/11 Z-units 5/32, 5/33, 5/40, 5/41
End flanges U
BD01 system 4/3, 4/28 K Underfloor mounting 3/6, 3/14, 3/16
BD2 system 5/68 Key to type references, BD2 system 5/74
CD-K system 3/4, 3/13 V
Entry feeder units M Vertical installation 5/79, 5/86
CD-K system 3/11 Magnetic fields 5/91 Voltage drop 3/21, 4/33, 5/83
Mounting
BD2 system 5/69 W
Wall mounting 4/30, 5/13, 5/68
O
Operational current 4/32
Overload protection 4/9, 4/32, 5/82
P
Pendant fixing 3/16, 4/31
Power distribution systems
(grid types) 5/90
Protective sleeve 5/11
6/14 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Type reference list
Type Device Page Type Device Page
B C
BD01 system CD-K system
BD01-... Trunking units 4/11 CD-K-... Trunking units 3/9, 3/10
BD01-...-E Feeder units 4/12 CD-K-A... Tap-off plugs 3/12
BD01-...-KB Joint blocks 4/28 CD-K-...-EA Entry feeder units 3/11
BD01-...-R... Junction units, flexible 4/12 CD-K-...-EE End feeder units 3/11
BD01-AK... Tap-off units 4/13 ... 4/18, CD-B, -BC, -BUF Fixing brackets for trunking units 3/14
4/21 ... 4/26 CD-BA Suspension brackets for trunking units 3/14
BD01-AK...-IP55 Accessories for IP55 for tap-off units 4/27 CD-CAP Connection fixtures 3/13
BD01-B Fixing brackets for trunking units 4/28 CD-CL Cable clip 3/14
BD01-BA, -BAP Suspension brackets for trunking units 4/28 CD-FAS Mounting sets IP55 for tap-off point 3/14
BD01-EF End flanges 4/28 CD-FS Mounting sets IP55 for connection point 3/13
BD01-FAS Accessories for IP55 for tap-off points 4/27 CD-H Suspension hooks for trunking units 3/14
BD01-FES Accessories for IP55 for feeder units 4/27 CD-EF End flanges for trunking units 3/13
BD01-FS Accessories for IP55 for connection points 4/27 CD-GP Threaded/centering plates 3/14
BD01-GK... Ancillary equipment units 4/19 ... 4/22 CD-K... Coding sets for tap-off points 3/13
BD01-K Coding sets for tap-off points 4/28 CD-SAK Mounting sets IP55 for tap-off plug 3/13
BD01-KS Accessories for IP55 for feeder units 4/27 CD-ZS-... Cylindrical fuses 3/13
BD01-S90 Fire barriers 4/28
BD2 system
BD2.-...-S... Trunking units 5/22-5/29
BD2.-...-EE End feeder units 5/46, 5/47
BD2.-...-K... Junction units (K-units) 5/36, 5/37,
5/44, 5/45
BD2.-...-L... Junction units (L-units) 5/30, 5/31,
5/34, 5/35,
5/38, 5/39,
5/42, 5/43
BD2.-...-ME Center feeder units 5/48, 5/49
BD2.-...-R Junction units, flexible 5/36, 5/37,
5/44, 5/45
BD2.-...-T... Junction units (T-units) 5/36, 5/37,
5/44, 5/45
BD2.-...-VE Distribution feeder units 5/48, 5/49
BD2.-...-Z... Junction units (Z-units) 5/32, 5/33,
5/40, 5/41
BD2-...-BB Fixing brackets 5/68
BD2-...-D Protective sleeves 5/69
BD2-...-EBAL Cable entry plates 5/69
BD2-...-FE End flanges 5/68
BD2-...-FS Flanges for IP55 5/71
BD2-...-HF Flanges for IP54, edgewise 5/70
BD2-...-KR Cabling boxes 5/69
BD2-...-MBAL Cable entry plates 5/69
BD2-...-SK Joint blocks 5/68
BD2-...-VF Flanges for IP54, vertical 5/70
BD2-AG Adapter enclosures for socket outlets 5/72
BD2-AK... Tap-off units 5/50 ... 5/60,
5/62 ... 5/67
BD2-AK...-IP55 Seals IP55 for tap-off units 5/71
BD2-AP... Adapter plates for socket outlets 5/72
BD2-B... Mounting runs 5/68, 5/69
BD2-CEE... CEE socket outlets 5/72
BD2-FF, -FAS Flanges for IP54, IP55 5/70
BD2-GK... Ancillary equipment units 5/61
BD2-SD... Schuko socket outlets 5/72
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 6/15

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Terms and conditions of sale and delivery
Export regulations
■ Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery An exact explanation of the metal factor and the text of the
Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software available free of charge from your local Siemens business office
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the fol- under the following Order Nos.:
lowing terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the condi- • 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA1
tions for supplies and services, including software products, by (for customers based in Germany)
any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Ger-
many, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and • 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA1
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following terms (for customers based outside Germany)
apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens AG. or download them from the Internet
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany (Germany: A&D Mall Online-Help System)
The “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General Condi-
tions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical
and Electronics Industry” shall apply. ■ Export regulations
For software products, the “General License Conditions for Soft- The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a European / German and/or US export regulations.
Seat or registered Office in Germany” shall apply.
Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of by the competent authorities.
Germany According to current provisions, the following export regulations
The “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General Condi- must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
tions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Cus- catalog / price list:
tomers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” shall
apply.
AL Number of the German Export List
For software products, the “General License Conditions for Soft-
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Products marked other than “N” require an export
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” shall apply. license.
In the case of software products, the export des-
General ignations of the relevant data medium must also
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the Ger- be generally adhered to.
man law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only Goods labeled with an “AL“ not equal to “N” are
apply to devices for export. subject to a European or German export authori-
Illustrations are not binding. zation when being exported out of the EU.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages, ECCN Export Control Classification Number
- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given - Products marked other than “N” are subject to a
these are subject to change without prior notice. reexport license to specific countries.
The prices are in € (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging. In the case of software products, the export
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. designations of the relevant data medium must
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to also be generally adhered to.
the applicable legal regulations. Goods labeled with an “ECCN“ not equal to “N”
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit are subject to a US re-export authorization.
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain Even without a label or with an “AL: N” or “ECCN: N”, authoriza-
silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold if the respective basic tion may be required due to the final destination and purpose for
official prices for these metals are exceeded. These surcharges which the goods are to be used.
will be determined based on the official price and the metal fac- The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
tor of the respective product. indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release
order. A&D/VuL_ohne MZ/En 05.09.06
The metal factor determines the official price as of which the
metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used.
The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price
information of the respective products.
6/16 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Notes
Siemens LV 70 · 2008 6/17

© Siemens AG 2007
Appendix
Notes
6/18 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

© Siemens AG 2007
Catalogs of the
Automation and Drives Group (A&D)
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Automation and Drives Catalog Industrial Communication for Catalog
Interactive catalog on CD-ROM and on DVD Automation and Drives IK PI
• The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives CA 01
Automation Systems for Machine Tools Low-Voltage

SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60 Controls and Distribution – LV 1
SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61
Controls and Distribution – LV 1 T
Technical Information
Drive Systems SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON
Variable-Speed Drives SIDAC Reactors and Filters LV 60
SINAMICS G110/SINAMICS G120 D 11.1 SIVENT Fans LV 65
Inverter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G120D SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70
Distributed Frequency Inverters
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units, D 11
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units Motion Control System SIMOTION PM 10
SINAMICS GM150/SINAMICS SM150 D 12
Medium-Voltage Converters
SINAMICS S120 Drive Converter Systems D 21.1 Process Instrumentation and Analytics
SINAMICS S150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units D 21.3 Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
Measuring Instruments for Pressure,
Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1 Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature,
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet D 86.2 Positioners and Liquid Meters
Technology, HT-direct PDF: Indicators for panel mounting MP 12
DC Motors DA 12 SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1 SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31
Converters
SIWAREX Weighing Systems WT 01
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2
Continuous Weighing and Process Protection WT 02
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter DA 22
Cabinet Units Process Analytical Instruments PA 01
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45 PDF: Process Analytics, PA 11
Components for the System Integration
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48
MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3 SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10 SIMATIC PCS Process Control System ST 45
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11 Products for Totally Integrated Automation and ST 70
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for DA 65.3 Micro Automation
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4 Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.1
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors Process Control System
IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors D 81.1 Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.2
Process Control System
IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors · New Generation 1LE1 D 81.1 N
pc-based Automation ST PC
PDF: Geared Motors M 15
SIMATIC Control Systems ST DA
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE NC 60
• Main Spindle/Feed Motors
• Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO SIMATIC Sensors
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS NC 61 Sensors for Factory Automation FS 10
• Main Spindle/Feed Motors
• Drive System SINAMICS S120
Systems Engineering
Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment HE 1
Power supplies SITOP power KT 10.1
Electrical Installation Technology System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2
PDF: ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and ET A1
Distribution Boards, Terminal Blocks
System Solutions
PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System ET A3
Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
PDF: BETA Low-Voltage Circuit Protection ET B1 interactive catalog CA 01
PDF: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1
GAMMA Building Controls ET G1
TELEPERM M Process Control System
Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI ST 80 PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems PLT 112
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.

A&D/3U/En 14.11.07
LV70_2008_en.FH10 Thu Nov 15 09:36:22 2007 Seite 1
© Siemens AG 2007
Subject to change without prior notice | KG 1107 232 En / 803024 | © Siemens AG 2007
www.siemens.com/lowvoltage
Siemens AG The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or

characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always
Automation and Drives apply as described or which may change as a result of further development
Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution of the products. An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall
Postfach 48 48 only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and
technical specifications are subject to change without notice.
90327 NÜRNBERG
GERMANY All product designations may be trademarks or product names of
Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own
w w w. s i e m e n s . c o m / a u to m a t i o n purposes could violate the rights of the owners.
PDF only: (E86060-K1870-A101-A3-7600)

06 LV70 2008 en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

06 LV70 2008 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

LV70_2008_en.

FH10 Thu Nov 15 09:36:22 2007 Seite 3

Related catalogs Contents

Low-Voltage Controls and Systems • Controlgear: Contactors and contactor assemblies,

Low-Voltage LV 16 SIRIUS 3RV17 and 3RV18 motor starter protectors according to

Industrial Communication PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet • Industrial Mobile

SICUBE LV 50 System cubicles • Cubicle modifications • Cubicle expansion

SIDAC LV 60 Commutating reactors for converters • Mains reactors for

SIVACON 8PS LV 70 Busbar trunking systems, overview • CD-K system

Automation & Drives CA 01 All Automation and Drives products,

A&D Mall All Automation and Drives products,

Catalog-PDF All catalogs for low-voltage controls and distribution can be

Registered trademarks Technical Assistance

SIVACON 8PS Introduction

CD-K, BD01, BD2 1

Invalid: Catalog LV 70 · 2006

The products in this catalog

BD01 System – 40 ... 160 A

Things you should know about Catalog LV 70 · 2008

Delivery time class (DT)

Package sizes (PS)

1/2 Siemens Automation and Drives.

1/4 Sharpen your competitive edge.

1/6 Integrated energy distribution

1/8 Busbar trunking systems in action.

1/10 Made-to-measure, economical

Siemens Automation and Drives.

More than 70,000 people aiming for the same goal:

We offer you a comprehensive portfolio for sustained

Learn for yourself the potential our products and

Your regional Siemens contact can provide more infor-

1/2 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

Siemens LV 70 · 2008 1/3

Sharpen your competitive edge.

With Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), Siemens is the only

ERP  Enterprise Resource Planning

Operations Level SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Instrumentation SIMATIC Sensors

1/4 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

It goes without saying that you profit from Totally Integrated

SIMATIC NET SIMATIC Controllers SIMATIC HMI Safety Integrated

SIRIUS Industrial Controls

Siemens LV 70 · 2008 1/5

Integrated energy distribution from a single source.

Totally Integrated Power (TIP) brings together all the components

Communication HMI Load Graphs Prognoses

PROCESS FIELD BUS

Products and systems

1/6 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

Totally Integrated Power offers communication

Main- Message/ Selective Protocols Power Cost center

Hall 1 Air conditioning system IN

Distribution 3 Replacing circuit

breaker contacts TOTAL HOURS

Infeed II Replacing meters CODES

Siemens LV 70 · 2008 1/7

Busbar trunking systems in action.

Busbar trunking systems in the low-voltage

Area-wide solutions for lighting systems and

Power for loads with no fixed location

In the petrochemical industry, it is the LR system that provides

1/8 Siemens LV 70 · 2008

Universal power distribution

ERP Enterprise Resource Planning